D - Milling

Milling
Contents
Milling
A
The Milling process ............................................... D5
CoroMill 200 ....................................................... D70
Basic milling denitions ......................................... D6
Inserts and grades .............................................. D72
Application of milling cutters .................................. D9
Ramping and helical interpolation ......................... D74
Milling direction ..................................................... D9
Tailor Made ......................................................... D75
Cutter diameter position ...................................... D10
CoroMill 300 ....................................................... D76
Entry and exit considerations ............................... D11
Inserts and grades .............................................. D79
Entering angle ..................................................... D12
Ramping and helical interpolation ......................... D80
Methods for machining a cavity ............................ D14
CoroMill 216 ....................................................... D81
Milling method recommendations ......................... D15
CoroMill ball nose cutter ...................................... D82
Application hints for milling ................................. D17
Machining recommendations ................................ D84
Achieving good surface nish in milling ................. D18
CoroMill 216F ..................................................... D85
Countering vibrations in milling ............................. D19
CoroMill ball nose nsihing endmill ....................... D86
When results are affected by vibration .................. D21
Machining recommendations ................................ D88
Selecting cutting data ......................................... D22
CoroMill 210 ....................................................... D89
Terminology and units for milling ........................... D23
CoroMills high feed facemill and plunging cutter .... D90
General milling formulas ...................................... D23
Tailor Made ......................................................... D92
Formulas for specic milling cutters ...................... D24
High feed milling ................................................. D93
Calculation of power consumption ........................ D25
Plunge milling ..................................................... D94
Constant K for power calculations ........................ D26
CoroMill Century ................................................. D96
Cuttting data calculations for milling ..................... D27
Insert geometries and grades .............................. D98
Circular interpolation ........................................... D31
Cutter setting ...................................................... D99
Mounting dimensions for cutters .......................... D33
Tailor Made ....................................................... D100
Insert mounting with Torx Plus .............................. D34
CoroMill 790 ..................................................... D101
Tool wear ............................................................ D35
Interpolation and ramping .................................. D104
If problems should occur ..................................... D36
Tailor Made ....................................................... D105
Selection and application process ........................ D38
CoroMill 331 ..................................................... D106
Operations tool recommendations ..................... D40
Applications ...................................................... D108
Tool guide and selection ...................................... D42
Insert and grades .............................................. D110
CoroMill 245 ....................................................... D46
CoroMill 331 with cassettes .............................. D114
Gang milling staggered ...................................... D115
Tailor Made ......................................................... D51
Mounting and setting instructions ....................... D117
CoroMill 290 ....................................................... D52
Tailor Made ....................................................... D119
T-Max Q-cutter ................................................... D126
Tailor Made ......................................................... D56
Tailor Made ....................................................... D127
CoroMill 390 ....................................................... D57
Heavy duty T-Max 45 .......................................... D129
Sandvik Auto and T-line cutters ........................... D131
Shoulder, plunge milling and peck drilling .............. D64
Auto inserts ...................................................... D132
Tailor Made ......................................................... D65
Sandvik AUTO-AF ............................................... D133
Turn-milling with CoroMill 390 ............................... D68
Mounting and setting ......................................... D134
CoroMill 200 and 300 round insert cutters ........... D69
Square shoulder Auto-FS .................................... D136
D2
Milling
Auto CAP system ............................................... D137
T-Line milling cutters .......................................... D138

Sandvik Auto cylinder boring cutter ..................... D139
Tailor Made ....................................................... D140
Tailor Made Auto-AF ........................................... D143
CoroMill Plura solid carbide cutters ..................... D144
Selecting CoroMill Plura cutters .......................... D145

Endmill types and applications ........................... D146
Cutting data ...................................................... D154
Tailor Made ....................................................... D158
If probles occur CoroMill Plura ......................... D159
Regrinding ........................................................ D160

Application technique ........................................ D161
CoroMill Plura thread milling cutters ................... D162
Cutting data ...................................................... D164
Feed recommendations milling ........................ D165

Productivity parameters, HSM and 3D milling ...... D169
Cutting speed recommendations ........................ D170
Milling grades ................................................... D178
D3
Milling
D4
Milling
Milling
The milling process
Modern milling is a very universal machining method. During the past few years, hand-inhand with machine tool developments, milling has evolved into a method that machines
a very broad range of congurations. The choice of methods today in multi-axis machinery
is no longer straightforward in addition to all the conventional applications, milling is a
strong contender for producing holes, cavities, surfaces that used to be turned, threads,
etc. Tooling developments have also contributed to the new possibilities along with the
gains in producitivity, reliablity and quality consistency that have been made in indexable
insert and solid carbide technology.
Milling is principally metal cutting performed with a rotating, multi-edge cutting tool
which performs programmed feed movements against a workpiece in almost any direction. It is this cutting action that makes milling such an efcient and versatile machining
method. Each of the cutting edges remove a certain amount of metal, with a limited
in-cut engagement, making chip formation and evacuation a secondary concern. Most
frequently still, milling is applied to generate at faces as in facemilling - but other
forms and surfaces are increasing steadily as the number of ve-axis machining centres
and multi-task machines grow.
The main types of milling operations as seen from the effect on the component or from
a tool path point of view include:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
facemilling
square-shoulder milling
prole milling
cavity milling
slot milling
turn milling
thread milling
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
cutting off
high-feed milling
plunge milling
ramping
helical interpolation
circular interpolation
trocidal milling
10
11
12
13
14
D5
Milling
Basic Milling denitions

A milling cutter will basically employ one
or a combination of the following basic
cutting actions: (A) radial, (B) peripheral
and (C) axial. Throughout the variations
in milling methods, one can trace back
the cutting action to these feed directions in relation to the axis of tool rotation. For example:
Facemilling is a combined cutting action
by the cutting edges, mainly the ones on
the periphery and to some extent by the
ones on the face of the tool. The milling
cutter rotates at a right angle to the direction of radial feed against the workpiece.
Side and face milling uses mainly the

cutting edges on the periphery of the
tool. The milling cutter rotates round an
axis parallel to the tangential feed.
Plunge milling mainly uses the cutting edges on the face or end of the tool as it is fed
axially, performing a partial drilling action.
Cutting speed (vc) in m/min indicates

the surface speed at which the cutting
edge machines the workpiece. This is a
tool oriented value and part of the cutting
data which ensures that the operation is
carried out efciently and within the recommended scope of the tool material.
To set-up the milling operation, a number

of denitions should be established.
These dene the dynamics of the rotating milling tool, with a specied diameter
(Dc), having largest diameters (Dc2 or
D3), moving against the workpiece, with
an effective cutting diameter (De), the
basis for the cutting speed.
Spindle speed (n) in rpm is the number

of revolutions the milling tool on the
spindle makes per minute. This is a machine oriented value which is calculated
from the recommended cutting speed
value for an operation.
Dc
Dc
Dc
Dc2
D3
De
D6
ap
Milling
fz
ar
hex
ae
ae
EL
ae
hm
Feed per minute also known as the table
feed, machine feed or feed speed (v)
in mm/min is the feed of the tool in relation to the workpiece in distance per
time-unit related to feed per tooth and
number of teeth in the cutter.
Maximum chip thickness (hex) in mm
is the most important limitation indicator for a tool, for an actual operation. A
cutting edge on a milling cutter has been
designed and tested to have a recommended starting value and a minimum
and maximum value.
Feed per tooth (fz) in mm/tooth is a
value in milling for calculating the table
feed. As the milling cutter is a multi-edge
tool, a value is needed to ensure that
each edge machines under satisfactory conditions. It is the linear distance
ap
moved by the tool while one particular
tooth is engaged in cut. The feed per
tooth value is calculated from the recommended maximum chip thickness value.
The number of available cutter teeth in
the tool (zn) varies considerably and is
used to determine the table feed while
the effective number of teeth (zc) is the
number of effective teeth. The material,
width of component, stability, power, surface nish inuence how many teeth are
suitable.
Feed per revolution (fn) in mm/rev is a
value used specically for feed calculations and often to determine the nishing capability of a cutter. It is an auxiliary
value indicating how far the tool moves
during the rotation.
asp
Depth of cut (ap) in mm (axial) is what
the tool removes in metal on the face
from the workpiece. This is the distance
the tool is set below the un-machined
surface.
Cutting width (ae) in mm (radial) is the
width of the component engaged in cut by
the diameter of the cutter. It is distance
across the surface being machined or, if
the tool diameter is smaller, that covered
by the tool.
The average chip thickness (hm) is a
useful value in determining specic cutting force and subsequently power calculations. It is calculated in relation to the
type of cutter engagement involved.
ae
H
ae
ap
fz
fn
D7
Milling
90
45
10
Entering angle variation of milling cutter.
B
The removal rate (Q) is volume of metal
removed per time in cubic-mm and can
be established using values for cutting
depth, width and feed.
The machining time (Tc) or period of cutter engagement is the machining length
(lm) divided by the table feed.
The specic cutting force (kct) is a power

calculating factor taking into account the
material in question and for a chip thickness value. It relates to machinability as
well as feed rate and cutting speed.
Power (Pc) and efciency () are machine tool oriented values where the net
power can be calculated to ensure that
the machine in question can cope with
the cutter and operation.
As regards cutting geometry in milling,

the entering angle (r), or the major cutting edge angle, of the cutter is the dominant factor affecting the cutting force direction and chip thickness. The choice of
insert geometry has been simplied into
three practical areas of varying cutting
action effects : Light (L), general purpose
(M) and tough (H) geometries.
Pitch (u) is the distance between teeth
on the cutter. It is the distance between
one point on one cutting edge to the same
point on the next edge. Milling cutters are
mainly classied into coarse (L), close
(M) and extra close (H) pitches, as well
as extra, extra close pitch. The different
pitches affect operational stability, power
consumption and suitable workpiece material. A differential pitch means an unequal spacing of teeth on the cutter and
is a very effective means with which to
counter vibration tendencies.
D8
Light cutting geometry -L

Sharp, positive cutting edge.
Smooth cutting performance.
Low feed rates.
Low machine power.
Lower cutting force requirements.
L
Coarse pitch (-L)
Reduced number of inserts, with
differential pitch, for best
productivity when stability and
power are limited.
Extended tooling.
Small machines, i.e. taper 40.
General purpose geometry -M

Positive geometry for mixed
production.
Medium feed rates.
M
Close pitch (-M)
General purpose milling and
mixed production.
Tough geometry -H
For highest security requirements.
High feed rates.
H
Extra close pitch (-H)
Maximum number of inserts for
best productivity under stable
conditions.
Short chipping materials.
Heat resistant materials.
Milling
Application of milling cutters

Milling direction
During the milling operation, the workpiece is fed either with or against the
direction of rotation and this affects the
nature of the start and nish of the cut.
In Down milling (1) (also called climb
milling), the workpiece feed direction is
the same as that of the cutter rotation at
the area of cut. The chip thickness will
decrease from the start of the cut until it
is zero at the end of the cut in peripheral
milling.
In Up milling (2) (also called conventional milling), the feed direction of the
workpiece is opposite to that of the cutter rotation at the area of cut. The chip
thickness starts at zero and increases to
the end of the cut.
In Up milling, with the insert starting
its cut at zero chip thickness, there are
high cutting forces which tend to push
the cutter and workpiece away from each
other. The insert has to be forced into
the cut, creating a rubbing or burnishing
effect with friction, high temperatures
and often contact with a work-hardened
surface caused by the preceeding insert.
Forces will also tend to lift the workpiece
from the table.
C
Down milling, however, makes certain
demands on the process in that forces
tend to pull the cutter along while they
hold the workpiece down. This needs
the machine to cope with table-feed
play through back-lash elimination. If the
tool pulls into the workpiece, feed is increased unintentionally which can lead
to excessive chip thickness and edge
breakage. Up milling should be selected
in such cases. Also when large variations in working allowance occur, up milling may be advantageous. Fixturing has
to be adapted to hold the workpiece correctly as well as having the right cutter
size for the job. The direction of cutting
forces are, however, more advantageous
as regards vibration tendencies.
In Down milling, the insert start its cut

with a large chip thickness. This avoids
the burnishing effect with less heat and
minimal work-hardening tendencies. The
large chip thickness is advantageous
and the cutting forces tend to pull the
workpiece into the cutter, holding the insert in the cut.
During milling, chips will sometimes

stick or weld to the cutting edge and be
carried around to the start of the next
cut. In Up milling, the chip can easily be
trapped or wedged between the insert
and workpiece, which can then result
in insert breakage. In Down milling, the
same chip would be cut in half and not
damage the cutting edge.
Down milling is preferred wherever the

machine tool, xturing and workpiece will
allow.
Down-milling and up-milling.
D9
Milling
Cutter diameter and position
The selection of milling cutter diameter

is usually made on the basis of the workpiece width with the power availability
of the machine also being taken into account. The position of the cutter in relation to the workpiece engagement and
contact the cutter teeth have are vital
factors for successful operation.
There are three principal types of milling
cutter/workpiece relationship situations:
Firstly, when the workpiece width is larger

than or the same as the cutter diameter, leading to thin chips at entry/exit
or when several passes are required.
(Typical of when the workpiece surfaces
are very large or the cutter diameter too
small for the application).
Secondly, (2) where the cutter-diameter
is somewhat larger than the workpiece
width, as is often case in facemilling.
(20 to 50% - often representing the ideal
situation especially in facemilling.)
Thirdly, (3) where the diameter is considerably larger than the width of cut, with
cutter axis well outside the workpiece
width. (This is often the case with side
and facemilling, long edge milling and
endmilling.)
shock-load point of view. However, when

the tool is positioned dead on centre, a
disadvantageous situation arises. Radial
forces of even magnitude will uctuate in
direction as the cutting edges go in and
out of cut. The machine spindle can vibrate and become damaged, inserts may
chip resulting in poor surface nish.
In facemilling especially, the workpiece

width should inuence the milling cutter
diameter. The cutter diameter should
not be the same as the workpiece
width a diameter 20 to 50% larger
than the workpiece width is normally
recommended.
If several passes need to be taken,
these should be taken in a way that creates the diameter/width relationship
of approximately 4/3 and not the full
diameter at each pass as this helps to
ensure good chip formation and suitable cutting edge load.
In the ideal situation, with the cutter being sufciently larger than the workpiece
width, the milling cutter should always
be positioned slightly off-centre. Being
close to the centre is advantageous in
that the cut which each insert takes is
at its shortest and that entry and exit of
cuts are good from a chip formation and
D 10
Avoid positioning cutters on-centre.
Moving the cutter slightly off-centre will

mean a more constant force direction - a
type of pre-loading is achieved when the
cutter is against the workpiece.
Milling
Entry and exit considerations

Each time one of the milling cutter inserts
enters into cut, the cutting edge is subjected to a shock load, which depending
upon the chip cross-section, workpiece
material and type of cut. The right type
of initial contact, and nal contact, between edge and material is an important
aspect of the milling process. Positioning the cutter right as regards entry and
exit of the cutting edges is important.
In the rst situation (1), the centre-line
of the cutter is well outside the workpiece width and the impact at the entry is taken up by the outermost tip of
the insert, which means that the initial
shockload is taken up by the most sensitive part of the tool. The cutter also
leaves the cut with this tip last, which
means that the cutting forces are acting
on the outermost tip until the insert suddenly emerges from the workpiece. This
is shock-unloading of forces.
In situation (2), the centre-line of the
cutter is in line with the workpiece
edge. The insert is leaving cut when the
chip thickness is at its maximum, with
shock-loads very high at entry and exit.
In situation (3), the centre-line of the cutter is well inside the workpiece width.
The initial impact at the entry of cut is taken up further along the cutting edge, away
from the sensitive tip. Also at the exit, the
insert leaves the cut more gradually.
The way that the cutting edge leaves the
workpiece material is important. As the
end of cut is approached, the remaining
material may give way, somewhat reduc-
ing the insert clearance. Also a momentary tensile force created along the face
of the insert as the chip pulls away and
often giving rise to a burr on the workpiece. This tensile force puts the cutting
edge security at risk.
This situation is acute when the centreline of the cutter coincides with, or is
close to, the edge of the workpiece. In
this situation the milling cutter should
leave the workpiece at a positive angle
to the cutting edges, not negative. A
complication arises when there are voids
in the workpiece surface. In this case, a
stronger cutting edge is often the solution, and also the pitch or cutter geometry may have to be re-considered. The
milling operation should be looked at as
a whole, considering all the different aspects, to arrive at the most suitable cutter and insert type.
Effect of exit angle on cutting edge.
Entry and exit variation with cutter position.
D 11
Milling
Entering angle
Also linked to chip thickness in milling is

the entering angle of a facemill. This is
the angle between the main, leading cutting edge of the insert and the workpiece
surface. Chip thickness, cutting forces
and tool-life are affected especially by
the entering angle. Decreasing the entering angle reduces chip thickness for
a given feed rate and this chip thinning
effect spreads the amount of material
over a larger part of the cutting edge. A
smaller entering angle also provides a
more gradual entry into cut, reducing radial pressure and protecting the cutting
edge. The higher axial forces, however, increases the pressure on the workpiece.
The most common entering angles today
are 45 degrees, 90 degrees, 10 degrees
and those of the round insert.
The 90 degree cutter will generate
mostly radial forces, in direction of the
feed. This means that the surface being
machined will not be subjected to very
much axial pressure, which is positive

for milling workpieces with a weak structure or thin walls. The main application
area however is for square shoulder milling, achieving a right-angled edge as a
result of the cut.
The 45 degree cutter has radial and axial
cutting forces which are about the same
in value, giving rise to more balanced
pressure and being less demanding as
regards machine power. This is the general purpose facemilling entering angle.
It is also especially suitable for milling
workpieces in short-chipping materials
that will fritter, because of excessive radial forces acting on the dwindling amount
of material left at the end of a cut. It also
presents the cutting edge more gently at
the start of cut and gives rise to a lower
tendency for vibrations when milling with
long overhangs or smaller toolholding
facilities. The thinnner chip allows for
high productivity in many applications
because of the scope for higher table

feed while maintaining a moderate cutting edge load. This often makes up for
the smaller depth of cut capability which
the smaller angle provides.
The 10 degree entering angle is used
on high-feed and plunge milling cutters.
This allows them to perfom at very high
cutting data, where the chip thickness is
small but the table feed is very high. Low
cutting forces are advantageous because
the dominant direction is axial, both as
regards radial and axial milling, limiting
vibration tendencies and providing a potential for very high metal removal rates.
The round insert cutter has a continuously variable entering angle, from zero
upwards to 90 degrees, depending upon
the cutting depth. The insert radius provides a very strong cutting edge, suitable for high table feed rates because
of the thinner chip generated along the
90
45
ap
fz
hex
10
ap
hex
fz
Common milling cutter entering angles and their effect on cutting forces and chip thickness.
D 12
ap
ap
fz
fz
Milling
fz
90 entering angle cutters

Thin walled components
Weak xtured components
Where 90 form is required
long cutting edge. The chip-thining effect is suitable for machining titanium
and heat resistant alloys. The change in
cutting force direction along the insert
radius and the resulting pressure during
the operation will depend upon the depth
of cut. Modern insert geometry developments have made the round insert milling cutters more widely suitable because
of the smoother cutting action, requiring
less power and stability from the machine tool. Today, it is not a specialized
cutter anymore and should be regarded
as an efcient roughing cutter, capable
of high material removal rates.
fz
45 entering angle cutters

General purpose rst choice
Reduces vibration on long overhang
Chip thinning effect allows increased
productivity
hex
Round insert cutters

45
30
Strongest cutting edge with multiple

indexes
General purpose cutter
Increased chip thinning effect for
heat resistant alloys
100%
chip load
75%
50%
25%
On round inserts the chip load and entering

angle vary with the depth of cut.
hex
90
hex = fz
75
hex = 0.96 fz
60
hex = 0.86 fz
45
hex = 0.707 fz
10
hex = 0.18 fz
hex=
The values for hex are given for

operations with the cutter
centered on the workpiece. For
sidemilling the hex value varies
depending on cutter diameter
and working engagement.
iC2 (iC2ap) 2 fz
iC
Entering angle and max. chip thickness.
D 13
Milling
Methods for machining a cavity

Ramping is an efcient way to approach the workpiece when
machining pockets. For larger holes, however, circular interpolation in helix is much more power efcient and exible than
using a large boring tool.
Ramping and circular interpolation in helix
Conventional method
1
2
3
4
5
Required
depth of
cut for
machining
the rst
layer.
Two axis ramping
Three axis ramping
Pre-drilling/peck-milling
One of the best methods to reach a

full axial depth of cut, is linear ramping in the X/Y and Z axis. Note that
if choosing the right starting point,
there will be no need for milling away
stock from the ramping section.
Ramping can start from in to out or
from out to in, depending on the geometry of the die or mould. The main
criterion is how to get rid of the chips
in the best way e.g. down milling
should be performed in a continuous
cut. When taking a new radial depth
of cut it is important to approach it
with a ramping movement or, preferably using smooth circular interpolation. In HSM applications this is
crucial.
The ramping angle is dependent
upon the diameter of the cutter used,
clearance to the cutter body, insert
size and depth of cut. The clearance
also depends upon the diameter of
the cutter.
Feeding the tool in a helical shaped

path in the axial direction of the
spindle is mainly used in die and
mould making. This has several advantages when machining holes with
large diameters. Machining can be
performed with only one tool, usually
with no chip breaking and evacuation
or vibration problems, as the diameter of the tool is smaller compared
to the diameter of the hole to be
machined.
It is recommended that the diameter
of the hole is twice the diameter of
the cutter.
The maximum ramping angle for the
cutter should also be checked when
using circular interpolation in helix.
Pre-drilling of a starting hole is not

recommended as one extra tool is
needed. Unproductive time for positioning and tool changing are negative factors, and also tool magazine
positions are unnecessarily lled.
D 14
Axial feed capability is an advantage

in many operations. Holes, cavities
as well as contours can be more efciently machined.
A number of Coromant tools with this
capability are available in this catalogue. These tools are also favourable for weak machine spindles and
when using long overhangs, since
the cutting forces are mainly directed
axially.
If using a ball nose endmill it is
pretty common to use a peck-drilling
cycle to reach a full axial depth of
cut and then mill away a layer of the
cavity. This is then repeated until the
cavity is nished. The drawback with
this approach is that chip evacuation
problems rise at the centre of the
end mill.
A better method is to reach the full
axial depth of cut using circular interpolation in helix. It is also important
then to facilitate chip evacuation.
Milling
Milling method recommendations

Facemilling
Avoid milling over holes or slots whenever possible as these
interrrupted cuts are demanding on the cutting edges with mul tiple entries and exits. If possible make the holes in a subse
quent operation. Alternatively, reduce the recommended feed
rate by 50% over the workpiece area containing the holes.
When machining large workpiece surface areas, select tool

path to keep the milling cutter in full contact rather than per form several parallel passes. When changing direction, include
a small radial tool path to keep cutter moving, avoiding dwell
and chatter tendencies.
Consider round insert cutters as first choice for facemilling
CoroMill 200 or CoroMill 300 with 45-degree cutter as alter
native CoroMill 245. For milling against shoulders, select the
90 degree cutter CoroMill 390 as first choice.
C
Pocket milling
- Rough machining of rectangular pockets through circular
interpolation.
Suitable tools are CoroDrill 880 or Coromant U-drill for drilling
and the CoroMill 390 long-edge cutter for milling.
The application is suitable for this method with drilling first and
then opening up through long-edge milling.
The drill diameter (Dc) should be 5 to 10 mm larger than that
of the long-edge cutter.
Apply a maximum depth of cut of 2 x Dc for the long-edge cutter
and programme radial step-overs (ae) of 30 to 40%.
A large-diameter cutter will be capable of a high metal removal
rate but leaves more material in the corners to be machined in
a subsequent operation.
All programmed radii should be 15% larger than the cutter ra dius.
E
ae = max
0.4 x Dc
- Ramping circular interpolation

Suitable tool is CoroMill 300 round insert cutter
Helical interpolation to depth of cut : ap = 0.4 x iC (insert size) with a maximum ramping
angle depending upon cutter diameter
For maximum material removal rate select insert size (iC) 12 or 16 mm and fine-pitch
cutter. Ensure all programmed radii are 15% larger than cutter radius.
- Drilling followed by plunge milling , when pockets are deeper than twice the cutter
diameter
Suitable tools are CoroDrill 880 or Coromant U drill and CoroMill 2
10
The largets possible cutter diameter should be used and ensure that two teeth are
constantly engaged in cut.
D 15
Milling
Milling of a closed slot
- drilling and full-slot milling

Suitable tools are CoroDrill 880 or Coromant U-drill and CoroMill
390 long edge cutter.
When a slot is long and narrow, circular interpolation is not pos
sible so the three options available require full-width machin ing. If the machine power allows it the cutter diameter selected
should be as close to the finished slot size, leaving just the
finishing allowance.
Drilling followe d by full-s lot milling us e a drill with a dia me te r
5 to 10 mm larger than the long-edge cutter. A maximum depth
of cut of 1 x Dc should be applied and a reduced feed at the
start to produce room for chip evacuation.
- drilling and plunge milling

Suitable tools are CoroDrill 880 or Coromant U drill and CoroMill 2
10.
Use a drill with a diameter (Dc) 1 mm larger than the milling cutte
r.
A maximum radial cutting depth of 12 mm (Dc : 50 mm) should be applied and two
teeth should constantly be engaged in cut.
- two-axis ramping
Suitable tool is CoroMill 300.
Two-axis ramping to depth of cut ap = 0.3 x iC
The maximum ramping angle is dependant upon cutter diameter. (5 degrees for 50
mm). For maximum metal removal rate select insert size 12 or 16 mm and a fine-pitch
cutter.
F
Semi-roughing of corners
Before actual finishing operations in a cavity, there are often

requirements to remove material in the form of a large radius
left by a roughing tool. Because of the normally small radius
requirement and relatively deep cavities involved, tools are
slender enough to get into corners. This operation can be time
consuming, however, and is worth optimizing, even when two
different cutter diameters are needed to arrive at the finish.
- Rest-milling of 90-degree corners (pocket-depth up to 4 x Dc
of finished radius)
Suitable tools are CoroMill 390 and CoroMill Plura depending
upon diameter.
The cutter radius should be smaller than the corner radius to
avoid vibrations.
D 16
Max. cutter
Dc = 2 x R 1
(Dc = 11 mm)
R = 6 mm
- Plunge milling (pocket depths larger than 3 x Dc or finished

corner)
Suitable tools are CoroMill 390, CoroMill 300 and CoroMill
Plura, depending upon diameter.
Milling
- Rest-milling of 90-degree corner (pocket depth up to 4 x Dc of nished radius)

If there is a lot of material left after the
roughing operation a different machining
strategy should be approached. Above
all the cutter needs stability and good
reach so as to be able to make the larger
radial cuts.
The Coromant U plunging drill is suitable
here as it allows cuts of up to 75% of the
cutter diameter which can then be followed by semi-nishing using previously
described rest milling strategy.
- closed angles are a common feature in
cavities and, depending upon the angle involved between the two walls, two different
approches can be used. A pocket with a
5-axis-land can be nished with a square
endmill in a 4-axis machine. When a radius
is specied, a ball nose endmill is needed
to machine the radius. This, however, is
much longer machining process and requires a 5-axis machine capability.
2
4
Dc = 2 x R
3
Machining sequence 1 to 5.
Dc = 20 mm
Dc = 12.7 mm
Dc = 12.7 mm
3
5
4
End radius
= 6 mm
Start radius =
16 mm
End radius
= 6 mm
1
2
Start radius =
16 mm
Application hints for milling:
check power capability and machine rigidity, making sure that the machine can handle the cutter diameter required
machine with the shortest possible tool overhang on the spindle
use the correct cutter pitch for the operation to ensure that there are not too many inserts engaged in cut causing vibration
while on the other hand, ensure there is sufcient insert engagement with narrow workpieces or when milling over voids
ensure that the right feed per insert is used to achieve the right cutting action through the recommended maximum chip
thickness
use down milling whenever possible
use positive-geometry indexable inserts whenever possible for smooth cutting action and lowest power consumption
select the right diameter in relation to the the workpiece width
select the most suitable entering angle
position the milling cutter correctly

only use coolant if considered necessary, milling is generally performed better without
follow tool maintenance recommendations and monitor tool wear
D 17
Milling
Achieving good surface nish in milling

A surface nish is best described by its roughness and waviness values. The key to obtaining a good surface nish is to
use inserts with wiper ats.
Length of the wiper edge

If the feed per rev. is smaller than the length of the parallel land
the surface will be generated by the highest insert.
Parallel land
Inserts
bs mm
2.0 2.3
1.46 2.12
0.4 1.6
0.4 1.5
1.6 2.0
1.5
1.4 2.7
1.2 1.4
2.0 2.2
R245
R290
N331.1A / R/L331.1A
R390
SEKR / SEMN / SEER /SEHN / SEKN
SNKN / SNAN
SPKR / SPAN / SPKN
TPKR / TPKN
LNCX
bs
Surface nish with wiper inserts

D
The wiper protrudes below the other inserts by approximately

0.05 mm. The wiper facet is crowned (large radius) to give a
step-free surface allowing for different spindle inclinations.
The feed per rev. (fn) should be limited to 60% of parallel land
to ensure a stepfree surface.
The most common reason for a bad result with a wiper insert is
incorrect mounting. To mount correctly, push the wiper radially and
slide axially against the third support point, before clamping.
Parallel land
bs mm
8.2
10.0
10.0
0.05
8.2
Wiper insert set below other inserts.
Dc
Wiper inserts
H=
R245
SPEX
SNEX
fz2
4xDc
Endmills
The surface nish will depend on the radial run-out of the endmill and both the cutter and its clamping have to be considered. The worst situation is where only one tooth generates the
surface nish, see sketch.
A change from down to up-milling can for some materials improve the surface nish, and the same applies to the use of
coolants, especially when nishing sticky materials.
For nishing operations the radial depth of cut should be kept
low. This has an important effect on the deection of cutter.
With an indexable endmill, tolerances and cutter deection will
contribute to a deviation from a true 90 shoulder.
D 18
fz
Milling
Countering vibrations in milling

Due to a number of factors tuned adapters are being used more
and more when machining with long overhangs. Workpieces are
becoming increasingly more complicated while machining operations need to be done ever faster. This means that there is no
time to re-position the workpiece, instead long tools are used to
reach all the surfaces to be machined in one mounting. This in
turn means that in many cases the workpiece does not have sufcient support in the xture at every machining point.
To maintain maximum productivity when machining e.g a cavity its

important to choose the right extentions. To start with the longest will in many cases decrease the productivity due to vibration
problems. Therefore its better to choose a series of extensions
and start with the shortest one and use a tuned adapter in the
deepest sections.
On those occasions when cutting data has to be reduced because of problems with vibration, a tuned adapter provides an increase in productivity.
Tapered tool adapters can be used in order to achieve as advantageous a mounting as possible and in relation to machine and
tool. This optimizes the rigidity throughout the whole tool.
Workpiece support: In order to achieve the best results, the
workpiece should have correct support in relation to the cutting
forces which arise during the machining process. Machining in a
workpiece with an overhang should be avoided where there is no
support.
The condition and stability of the machine has an effect on the
quality of the surface which is generated. Excessive wear of the
spindle bearings or feed mechanism can result in a poor surface
structure. If the machine is not properly set and maintained, vibration can cause impaired tool-life and poor surface quality.
Tool: Choose the right milling cutter for the job in hand. Use the
correct ratio between the milling cutter diameter and the width of
the workpiece. Choose the correct tooth pitch, since too many
teeth in the milling cutter can cause excessive loading. Where
possible, use a positive geometry to reduce the cutting forces.
The positioning of the cutter is also extremely important in this
connection.
A basic rule/recommendation: When the total tool length, from
the gauge line to the lowest point on the cutting edge, exceeds
4-5 times the diameter at the gauge line, tuned, tapered bars
should be used.
Tuned tools
Tuned tools used for milling, function in the same way as previously described for turning tools. That is to say that inside the tool
there is a heavy tuning body suspended on rubber bushes. If the
tool begins to vibrate, the heavy tuning body tries to counteract the
vibration so that it disappears entirely.
Sandvik Coromant offers tuned adapters in different versions, such

as Coromant Capto and HSK mountings, for both arbor mounting
face and shoulder milling cutters and smaller shank cutters with
threaded coupling. These tuned adapters for milling are preset as
for turning tools, which means that they can be used without any
additional measures.
Handling, storage and maintenance of

tuned products
F
A tuned bar should be handled with care and should

never be exposed to blows or shaking to free a tuning
system which has stuck. A tuned bar is often stored horizontally for practical reasons without causing any harm.
Under normal conditions a tuned bar will operate without maintenance. However, rubber bushes which are
vital for the functioning of the damping system will age
with time and lose their spring characteristic and their
capacity to act as a complement to the oil in the damping system. When the critical point for service life of
the rubber bushes has been reached, the damping system will cease to function.
The service life of the damping system is shortened if it

is exposed to intense heat. Therefore coolant should be
used to extend the service life of the damping system.
D 19
Milling
Flywheel
Vibration occurs frequently during side and face milling but this
problem can be remedied in an effective and simple way. In
addition to up milling, a ywheel can be tted to the arbor on
which the milling cutter is set up. In order to improve stability
further when side and face milling, it is a basic rule to use the
largest possible ywheel to which the application permits.
Some rules of thumb for use of a ywheel
The best way to make a ywheel is to use a number of round

carbon steel discs, each with a centre hole and key groove to t
the arbor. For a particular ywheel weight the effect increases
as the diameter of the ywheel increases. This means that if
circumstances permit a large diameter, the weight of the ywheel can be reduced. The ywheel weight can, if necessary, be
distributed over several ywheels where space permits.
Strengthening the workpiece mounting is always a

good investment.
Higher spindle speeds and a larger cut reduces the need for a
ywheel. The smallest possible milling cutter diameter should
be used for this so that the spindle speed can be increased for
a particular cutting speed.
In a small machine with low power the need for

a ywheel is greater than in a large powerful machine.
Position the ywheel as close to the tool as possible.
The smoother machining, which results from using

a ywheel, leads to a reduction in noise and vibration, and a longer tool-life.
d
27
32
40
50
15
2025
2535
3550
mm
m
kg
When mounting a tool on a tuned adapter it is important to

remember that there is a tuning body inside the adapter.
Since the adapter is not solid it can easily be deformed
and therefore must not be clamped in a screw clamp when
mounting is taking place. Deformation means that the tun-
D 20
ing system will be impaired or cease to function entirely.

The best way to mount a tool and adapter is to use xtures
designed for the purpose.
Milling
When the machining results are affected by vibration

Cause
Action
Unstable/weak tool holding
Establish the direction of the cutting forces and position the material support
accordingly.
Try to improve the clamping generally.
Reduce the cutting forces by reducing the radial and axial cutting depth.
Choose a milling cutter with a coarse tooth pitch and positive design.
Choose positive inserts with a small corner radius and small parallel ats.
Where possible, choose an insert grade with a thin coating and a sharp cutting
edge. If necessary, choose an uncoated insert grade.
Avoid machining where the work-piece has poor support against cutting forces.
C
Unstable/weak workpiece
clamping
The rst choice is a square shoulder facemill with positive inserts.

Choose an L-geometry with a sharp cutting edge and a large clearance angle
which produces low cutting forces.
Try to reduce the axial cutting forces by reducing the axial cutting depth, as well
as using positive inserts with a small corner radius, small parallel ats and
sharp cutting edges.
Large overhang either on the

spindle or the tool
Always use a coarse tooth pitch and a differentially pitched milling cutter.
Balance the cutting forces axially and radially. Use a 45 degree entering angle,
large corner radius or round inserts.
Use inserts with a light cutting geometry.
Try to reduce the overhang, every millimetre counts.
Square shoulder milling with a

radially pliable spindle
Choose the smallest possible milling cutter diameter in order to obtain the most
favourable entering angle. The smaller the milling cutter diameter the smaller the
radial cutting forces will be.
Choose positive and light cutting geometries.

Try up milling.
Uneven table feed
Try up milling.
Look at the possibility of adjusting the feed screw on CNC machines. Adjust the
locking screw or replace the ball screw on conventional machines.
D 21
Milling
Selecting cutting data

Example of how to nd the values when calculating spindle
speed (n) and table feed (vf):
Conditions:
CutterInsertWorkpiece material:
R245-125Q40-12M
R245-12 T3 M-PM
SS1672-08
A
Formulas to be used:
vc
n=
GC4030
HB =180
vc 1000
Dc
In order to get vc, the max chip thickness (hex) for an

operation and the Coromant Material Classication
(CMC) code is needed.
Max chip thickness (hex) for the operation is 0.17 mm
The material is SS1672-08 and corresponding CMC code is

01.2.
The cutting speed vc is approx. 283 m/min for CMC 01.2 (between 325 and 270 m/min for hex = 0.10 and 0.20 mm respectively).
hex
sin r
Dc
The cutter selected has a diameter, Dc, of 125 mm.
zn
Number of teeth is found on the same page and zn is

in this case 8.
The selected cutter has a 45 entering angle.
fz
Feed per tooth for the cutter and selected insert

geometry.
See feed recommendations.

The cutter selected has a 45 entering angle (r) and
PM insert geometry will be used.
fz =
vf = zn n fz
Feed per tooth

n
Revolutions per minute
vf
Table feed per minute vf = 8 667 0.24 = 1281

mm/min
This cutting speed is valid for hardness HB150. If your hardness is HB180 a compensation factor of 0.92 for the deviation
of +30 units.
The compensated cutting speed becomes 0.925 x 283 m/min
262-m/min.
Hardness of workpiece
The cutting speeds given on the following pages are valid for a
specic material hardness. If the material being machined differs
in hardness from those values, the recommended cutting speed

must be multiplied by a factor obtained from the table below.
Difference in hardness
Reduced hardness
CMC No.
01
02
03
05
06
07
08
09
20
CMC No.
04
D 22
Increased hardness
Hardness Brinell (HB)

80
60
40
20
+20
+40
+60
+80
1.26
1.26
1.18
1.14
-
1.12
1.21
1.21
1.31
1.08
1.25
1.07
1.11
1.07
1.05
1.10
1.10
1.13
1.03
1.10
1.03
-
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
0.95
0.94
0.91
0.91
0.87
0.96
0.92
0.97
-
0.90
0.91
0.84
0.85
0.80
0.92
0.86
0.95
0.90
0.86
0.79
0.79
0.73
0.80
0.93
-
0.83
0.75
0.91
0.82
+3
+6
+9
1.10
1.02
1.0
0.96
0.93
0.90
Hardness Rockwell (HRC)
Milling
Terminology and units for milling

Dc
lm
De
ap
= Cutting diameter
= Machined length
= Effective cutting diameter
= Cutting depth
mm
mm
mm
mm
ae
vc
Q
Tc
zn
= Working engagement
= Cutting speed
= Metal removal rate
= Period of engagement
= Total number of edges in the tool
mm
m/min
cm3/min
min
piece
fz
fn
vf
hex
hm
= Feed per tooth

= Feed per revolution
= Table feed (feed speed)
= Max chip thickness
= Average chip thickness
mm
mm
mm/min
mm
mm
zc = Effective number of teeth

kc1 = Specic cutting force
(for hex =1 mm)
n
= Spindle speed
Pc = Cutting power net
= Efciency
piece
N/mm2
rev/min
kW
= Major cutting edge angle

degrees
vc0 = Constant for cutting speed
cvc = Correction factor for cutting speed
mc = Rise in specic cutting force (kc)
as a function of chip thickness
iC = inscribed circle
General milling formulas

Cutting speed
(m/min)
fn
Spindle speed
(rev/min)
n = vc 1000
Dc
Table feed (feed speed)

(mm/min)
vf = fz n zn
Feed per tooth

(mm)
Feed per revolution
(mm/rev)
fz
vc = Dc n
1000
fz =
D
zn=8
vf
n zn
fn = vf
n
fz
ap ae vf
1000
Removal rate
(cm3)
Q=
Specic cutting force

(N/mm2)
kc = kc1 hm-mc
Average chip thickness (mm)

(Side and facemilling) when ae/Dc 0.1
hm fz
Average chip thickness (mm)

when ae/Dc 0.1
sin 180 a f
hm = r D arcsine az
c
( De )
c
r = 90
hex
Dc
hm
ae
Machining time
(min)
Tc =
Net power
(kW)
Pc =
aD
lm
vf
ap ae vf kc
60 106
D 23
Milling
Formulas for specic milling cutters

Facemilling cutters, side and facemilling cutters and endmills
These tools are characterized by having straight cutting edges.
ap
Max cutting diameter at a

specic depth (mm)
De = Dc +
Feed per tooth (mm/tooth),

cutter centered
fz =

side milling
fz =
2 ap
tan r
Dc
De
hex
sin r
De hex
sin r De2 (De 2 ae)2
Cutters with round inserts

ap

specic depth (mm)
De = Dc +iC2 (iC 2ap)2
Feed per tooth (mm/

tooth), cutter centered
fz =

side milling
fz =

specic depth (mm)
De = D32 (D3 2 ap)2

side milling
fz =

cutter centered
fz =
Dc
De
iC hex
De Dc
De iC hex
(De Dc) De2 (De 2 ae)2
Ballnose endmills
ap
De
D3 hex
D (De 2 ae)2
2
e
D 24
D3 hex
De
Milling
Calculation of power consumption

The example is valid for 0 top rake angle. The power consumption changes 1% per degree of change in top rake. A positive
top rake angle decreases the power consumption and a negative top rake increases the power consumption. A positive cutter with +15 top rake angle requires 15% less power than a
cutter with 0 top rake angle.
Plunge milling
A x vf x K
60 x 106 x
A ae x D3 (slot)
A ae x S (stepover S)
Pc =
Example
45 facemilling of steel, CMC 01.3

Cutter diameter, Dc=125 mm
Depth of cut, ap=5 mm
Width of cut, ae=100 mm
Feed per insert, fz=0.2 mm
Table feed, vf=1000 mm
For different insert geometries the power consumption

must be adjusted.
For each degree more positive top rake angle the power consumption will decrease with 1%.
For a CoroMill 245 facemill with M-geometry. The M-geometry has
+21 top rake angle.
Milling in general
Pc =
ap ae vf K
100 000
Pc() = Pc M
For an engagement of 80% the K value is 5.4.
For a top rake angle of +21 the M value is 0.79.
5 100 1000 5.4

Pc =
100 000
Pc() = 27.0 0.79 = 21.3 kW
= 27.0 kW
Optimized power consumption calculation

Use multiplying factor from top rake angle to adjust Pc
values.
True rake
angle,
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Multiplying
factor, M
1.07
1.06
1.05
1.04
1.03
1.02
1.01
1
0.99
0.98
0.97
0.96
0.95
0.94
0.93
0.92
0.91
0.90
0.89
True rake
angle,
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Multiplying
factor, M
0.88
0.87
0.86
0.85
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
0.79
0.78
0.77
0.76
0.75
0.74
0.73
0.72
0.71
0.70
When machine power is a problem
Go from close to coarse pitch, i.e. less number

of teeth.
A positive cutter is more power efcient than a
negative.
Reduce the cutting speed before the table feed.

Warning:
Be aware of the power curve for machining centres.
The machine may lose efciency if the rpm is too
low.
Use a smaller cutter and take several passes.

Reduce the depth of cut.
D 25
Milling
Constant K for use in power requirement calculation1)

ISO
P
A
M
C
CMC Description
No.
01.1
01.2
01.3
01.4
01.5
Steel
ae/Dc=0.8
ae/Dc=0.4
ae/Dc=0.2
fz=0.1 fz=0.2 fz=0.4
fz=0.1 fz=0.2 fz=0.4
fz=0.1 fz=0.2 fz=0.4
Unalloyed
C = 0.100.25%
C = 0.250.55%
C = 0.550.80%
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.8
6.4
4.0
4.3
4.6
4.8
5.4
6.2
6.6
7.1
7.5
8.3
5.2
5.6
5.9
6.3
7.0
4.4
4.7
5.0
5.3
5.9
6.8
7.2
7.7
8.2
9.1
5.7
6.1
6.5
6.9
7.6
4.8
5.1
5.4
5.8
6.4
02.1
02.2
Low-alloyed
(alloying elements 5%)
Non-hardened
Hardened and tempered
6.5
7.6
5.4
6.4
4.6
5.4
7.1
8.3
5.9
7.0
5.0
5.9
7.7
9.1
6.5
7.6
5.4
6.4
03.11
03.13
03.21
03.22
High-alloyed
Annealed
Hardened tool steel
7.4
8.2
11.0
11.8
6.2
6.9
9.3
9.9
5.3
5.8
7.8
8.4
8.1
8.9
12.0
12.9
6.8
7.5
10.1
10.8
5.7
6.3
8.5
9.1
8.8
9.7
13.1
14.0
7.4
8.2
11.0
11.8
6.2
6.9
9.3
9.9
06.1
06.2
06.3
Castings
Unalloyed
Low-alloy, alloying elements 5%
High-alloy, alloying elements >5%
5.3
6.1
7.4
4.5
5.1
6.2
3.8
4.3
5.3
5.8
6.6
8.1
4.9
5.6
6.8
4.1
4.7
5.7
6.3
7.2
8.8
5.3
6.1
7.4
4.5
5.1
6.2
6.2
9.7
8.0
5.4
8.4
6.9
4.7
7.2
5.9
6.7
10.4
8.6
5.8
9.0
7.4
5.0
7.8
6.4
7.2
11.2
9.2
6.2
9.7
8.0
5.4
8.4
6.9
05.11
05.12
05.13
Stainless steel
Ferritic/Martensitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
05.21
05.22
Austenitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
6.9
9.7
6.0
8.4
5.2
7.2
7.4
10.4
6.4
9.0
5.6
7.8
8.0
11.2
6.9
9.7
6.0
8.4
05.51
05.52
Austenitic-Ferritic
(Duplex)
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
6.9
8.3
6.0
7.2
5.2
6.2
7.4
8.9
6.4
7.7
5.6
6.7
8.0
9.6
6.9
8.3
6.0
7.2
Stainless steel cast
S
E
15.11
15.12
15.13
Ferritic/Martensitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
6.5
9.5
8.0
5.4
8.0
6.7
4.6
6.7
5.7
7.1
10.4
8.7
5.9
8.7
7.3
5.0
7.3
6.2
7.7
11.3
9.5
6.5
9.5
8.0
5.4
8.0
6.7
15.21
15.22
Austenitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
6.9
9.5
5.8
8.0
4.8
6.7
7.5
10.4
6.3
8.7
5.3
7.3
8.2
11.3
6.9
9.5
5.8
8.0
15.51
15.52
Austenitic-Ferritic
(Duplex)
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
6.9
8.4
5.8
7.0
4.8
7.5
9.1
6.3
7.7
5.3
8.2
10.0
6.9
8.4
5.8
Heat resistant super alloys

20.11
20.12
Iron base
Annealed or solution treated

Aged or solution treated and aged
9.1
9.5
7.7
8.0
10.0
10.4
8.4
8.7
10.9
11.3
9.1
9.5
20.21
20.22
20.24
NIckel base

Cast or cast and aged
10.1
11.0
11.4
8.5
9.3
9.6
11.0
12.0
12.5
9.3
10.1
10.5
12.0
13.1
13.6
10.1
11.0
11.4
20.31
20.32
20.33
Cobalt base

Solution treated and aged
10.3
11.4
11.8
8.6
9.6
9.9
11.2
12.5
12.9
9.4
10.5
10.8
12.2
13.6
14.0
10.3
11.4
11.8
Commercial pure (99.5% Ti)

, near and + alloys, annealed
+ alloys in aged cond. alloys, annealed
or aged
4.7
5.1
5.1
4.0
4.3
4.3
5.1
5.5
5.5
4.4
4.7
4.7
5.5
6.0
6.0
4.7
5.1
5.1
16.0
13.5
17.4
14.7
19.0
16.0
Titanium alloys
23.1
23.21
23.22
H
K
G
04.1
Extra hard steel

Hard steel
10.1
Chilled cast
iron
9.0
7.4
9.9
8.2
10.9
9.0
07.1
07.2
Malleable cast iron
Ferritic (short chipping)

Pearlitic (long chipping)
3.3
3.7
2.7
3.0
2.2
2.5
3.6
4.1
3.0
3.3
2.4
2.8
4.0
4.5
3.3
3.7
2.7
3.0
08.1
08.2
Grey cast iron
Low tensile strength

High tensile strength
3.7
4.5
3.0
3.7
2.5
3.1
4.1
5.0
3.3
4.1
2.8
3.4
4.5
5.5
3.7
4.5
3.0
3.7
09.1
09.2
Nodular SG iron
Ferritic
Pearlitic
3.7
5.5
3.0
4.6
2.5
4.1
6.1
3.3
5.0
2.8
4.5
6.7
3.7
5.5
3.0
30.11
Aluminium alloys
Wrought or wrought and coldworked,

non-aging
1.5
1.3
1.7
1.4
1.8
1.5
30.12
Wrought or wrought and aged
2.5
2.1
2.7
2.3
2.9
2.5
Aluminium alloys
Cast, non-aging
2.3
2.7
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.9
2.1
2.4
2.7
3.2
2.3
2.7
1.3
1.1
1.5
1.2
1.6
1.3
30.41
30.42
Aluminium
alloys
Cast, 1315% Si
Cast, 1622% Si
2.7
2.7
2.2
2.2
2.9
2.9
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2
2.7
2.7
33.1
33.2
33.3
Copper and copper

alloys
Free cutting alloys, 1% Pb

Brass, leaded bronzes, 1% Pb
Bronze and non-leaded copper incl.
electrolytic copper
2.1
2.1
5.1
1.8
1.8
4.3
2.3
2.3
5.6
1.9
1.9
4.7
2.5
2.5
6.1
2.1
2.1
5.1
30.21
30.22
30.3
Calculated with an efciency mt = 0.8
1)
D 26
Milling
Cutting data calculations for milling operations

Facemilling
Example
R245-125Q40-12M
R245-12 T3 M-PM
SS 1672-08 HB =150
85 mm
4 mm
45
Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
zn = 8
GC4030
CMC 01.2
85
Calculate spindle speed (n)

n=
vc 1000
Dc
n=
283 1000
125
721 rpm
To get vc, rst nd hex value for -PM

geometry.
The cutting speed vc for hex= 0.17 mm is
283-m/min (between 325 and 270-m/min).
Calculate table feed (vf)

vf = zn n fz
fz =
vf = 8 721 0.24 1384
hex
fz =
sin r
0.17
0.24
sin 45
mm/min
mm/tooth
Facemilling with round inserts

Example
E
Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
R200-109Q32-16M
RCKT 16 06 M0-PM
SS 1672-08 HB =150
85 mm
4 mm
zn = 6
GC4030
CMC 01.2
F
85

vc 1000
n=
De
De = Dc + iC2 (iC - 2ap)2

geometry.
The cutting speed vc for hex= 0.17 mm is
283-m/min (between 325 and 270-m/min).
283 1000 732 rpm

123
De = 109 + 162 (16 - 2 4)2 123 mm

vf = n fz zn
fz =
hex
sin r
45
= 732 0.34 6 1493
mm/min
30
Max ap
fz =
0.17
= 0.34 mm/tooth
sin 30
100% of max ap r = 45
75% of max ap r = 38
D 27
Milling
Slotting/facemilling with 90 entering angle

Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
Example
R390-063Q22-17M
zn = 5
R390-063Q22-17M
zn = 5
R390-17
04 08M-PM
GC1025
04=150
08M-PM CMCGC1025
SS R390-17
1672-08 HB
01.2
50 mm
5 mm
A
50

vc 1000
n=
Dc
250 1000
63
1263

geometry.
The cutting speed vc for hex 0.15 is 250-m/
min (between 280 and 230-m/min).
rpm

vf = n fz zn
= 1263 0.15 5 = 947
mm/min
Shoulder milling with 90 entering angle

Example
Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
R390-063Q22-17M
R390-17 04 08M-PM
SS 1672-08 HB =150
5 mm
5 mm
zn = 5
GC1025
CMC 01.2
F
vc 1000
Dc
n=
318 1000
63

geometry.
The cutting speed vc for hex 0.15 is 318-m/
min (between 325 and 310-m/min).
1607 rpm

For sidemilling the feed can be increased with a
compensation factor.
vf = k1 zn n fz
vf = 1.82 5 1607 0.15 2193
mm/min
Find the compensation factor, k1, in the table below by calculating Dc/ae
Dc
k1 = 1.82
ae = 12.6
2 3
10
1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
D 28
12
15
1.8
2.0
20
2.2
25
2.5
30
40
50
100
Dc
ae
2.8
3.2
3.6
5.0
Factor k1
Milling
Side and facemilling

Example
Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
23 (ae)
R245-125Q40-12M
R245-12 T3 M-PM
SS 1672-08 HB =150
2 mm
4 mm
zn = 8
GC4030
CMC 01.2
A
14 (ap)
vc 1000
n=
Dc
n=
This gives:
283 1000
125
720 rpm
To get vc, rst nd hex value for -PM geometry.

The cutting speed vc for hex 0.17 is 283-m/min
(between 325 and 270-m/min).

This gives:
vf = n zc fz
vf = 720 5 0.22 792
zc = Number of effective edges = zn/2

For N331.32-125S40FM
zn = 10
mm/min
zc = 5
fz = factor k1 hex
The factor k1 can be found in table below.
1.0 1.0
10
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
12
15
1.8
2.0
20
2.2
Dc
125
= 5.43
=
ae
23
k1 = 1.3
fz = 1.3 0.17 0.22
mm/tooth
25
2.5
30
40
50
100
Dc
ae
2.8
3.2
3.6
5.0
Factor k1
D 29
Milling
Prole milling
Example
R216-20A25-055
R2160-20 T3 M-M
SS 1672-08 HB =150
2 mm
4 mm
Cutter:
Insert:
Workpiece material:
ae:
ap:
zn = 2
GC4040
CMC 01.2

n=
vc 1000
De
n=
308 1000
16
To get vc, rst nd hex value for -M geometry.

The cutting speed vc for hex 0.15 is 308-m/min (between 310
and 295-m/min).
6130 rpm
B
Find effective diameter, De
25

vf = zn n fz
vf = 2 6130 0.1 1226
Axial depth of cut (mm)

ap
Select axial depth of cut in this diagram.

Go horizontally across the diagram to the curve representing the tool diameter. Move down vertically to the axis and
read the effective diameter.
mm/min
fz according to table below. In stable conditions the feed can

be increased. When working with long tools and difcult conditions the feed can be lowered.
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D3 = 10 32 mm
D3 = 40 50 mm
D3 32 mm
D3 25 mm
D3 50 mm
D3 20 mm
D3 40 mm
D3 16 mm
D3 12 mm
D3 10 mm
De
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20-22-24-26-28-30-32
4 8 12 16 20 24 28-32-36-40-44-48
50
Effective tool
dia.(mm)
Recommended feed, fz mm
12
16
20
25
30
32
40
50
0.05
0.08
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.05 0.10
0.08 0.15
0.10 0.20
0.12 0.25
0.15 0.35
0.15 0.35
0.20 0.40
0.25 0.40
Diameter, D3
Start value
Range
F
Recommended radial steps and depth of cut
for ball nose endmills
Large cuts
It is not recommended to exceed the values below for radial step and axial depth
of cut.
Cutter Max. recommended

dia.
Cutter
dia.
D3
D3
12
16
20
25
30
32
40
50
12
16
20
25
30
32
40
50
D 30
Radial step
Depth of cut
5
6
6
8
10
10
12
12
15
12
16
12
20
15
20
Small cuts
With the same axial depth of cut as for
large cuts, surface can be improved by
decreasing the radial step.
Radial
step
1.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.10
0.08
Radial
step
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
0.05
0.06
0.11
0.16
0.13
0.13
0.23
0.18
Radial
step
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
8.0
8.0
0.08
0.14
0.20
0.25
0.21
0.20
0.40
0.32
Milling
Method for internal circular interpolation
Calculated version
De
Tool centre feed, mm/min
vf = n zc fz
fz
De hex
Feed per insert, mm
ae
Dm2 Dw2
4 (Dm De)
Radial depth of cut, mm
Simplied version
vf = n zc fz
Straight line feed, mm/min
vf1 = vf K
K=
DD + D
m
The values can be taken from the table below
Cutter
diameter
Hole diameter = Dm
Dc mm
Factor K
10
0.58
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
200
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.98
0.98
0.45
0.60
0.68
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.97
0.45
0.58
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.41
0.61
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.45
0.60
0.68
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.93
0.95
0.45
0.58
0.68
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.93
0.41
0.58
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.40
0.61
0.70
0.76
0.83
0.86
0.89
0.45
0.60
0.68
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.45
0.58
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.41
0.61
0.71
0.76
0.45
0.60
0.68
0.45
0.58
D 31
Milling
Method for external circular interpolation
Calculated version
De
vf = n zc fz
fz
De hex
Feed per insert, mm
ae
Dw2 Dm2
4 (Dm De)
Radial depth of cut, mm
Simplied version
vf = n zc fz
vf1
Straight line feed, mm/min
vf1 = vf K
K=
DD + D
m
The values can be taken from the table below
Cutter
diameter
Hole diameter = Dm
Dc mm
Factor K
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
10
1.29
1.22
1.18
1.15
1.12
1.10
1.08
1.06
1.05
1.04
1.03
1.02
1.02
1.02
16
1.44
1.34
1.28
1.24
1.18
1.15
1.13
1.10
1.08
1.06
1.05
1.04
1.03
1.03
20
1.53
1.41
1.34
1.29
1.22
1.18
1.15
1.13
1.10
1.08
1.06
1.05
1.04
1.03
25
1.63
1.50
1.41
1.35
1.27
1.22
1.19
1.15
1.12
1.10
1.08
1.06
1.05
1.04
32
1.77
1.61
1.51
1.44
1.34
1.28
1.24
1.19
1.15
1.12
1.10
1.08
1.06
1.05
40
1.91
1.73
1.61
1.53
1.41
1.34
1.29
1.24
1.18
1.15
1.13
1.10
1.08
1.06
50
2.08
1.87
1.73
1.63
1.50
1.41
1.35
1.29
1.22
1.18
1.15
1.12
1.10
1.08
63
2.28
2.04
1.88
1.76
1.60
1.50
1.43
1.36
1.28
1.23
1.19
1.15
1.12
1.10
80
2.52
2.24
2.05
1.91
1.73
1.61
1.53
1.44
1.34
1.28
1.24
1.18
1.15
1.13
100
2.77
2.45
2.24
2.08
1.87
1.73
1.63
1.53
1.41
1.34
1.29
1.22
1.18
1.15
125
3.06
2.69
2.45
2.27
2.03
1.87
1.76
1.63
1.50
1.41
1.35
1.27
1.22
1.19
160
3.42
3.00
2.72
2.52
2.24
2.05
1.91
1.77
1.61
1.51
1.44
1.34
1.28
1.24
200
3.79
3.32
3.00
2.77
2.45
2.24
2.08
1.91
1.73
1.61
1.53
1.41
1.34
1.29
D 32
Milling
Mounting dimensions for milling cutters

Style A
Dia. 50 63
Dia. 80
Dia. 100
Mounting diameter (dmm)
A
Centre bolts
1)For all Modulmill cutters and for R/L262.2AL the dimensions are 22.0 and 10.4 mm respectively.
Style B
Dia. 125
Centre bolts + washer
Style C
Dia. 160
Dia. 200 250

E
Design with single pcd ( 4 bolts)
Dia. 315 500
Design with double pcd ( 8 bolts)
D 33
Milling
Insert mounting with Torx Plus
Torque wrench for Torx Plus screws
The torque wrench for Torx Plus screws offers a possibility to

always ensure correct torque value, in the machine shop as
well as in the tool-room environments.
Correct torque values are imperative especially when clamping
ceramic and CBN inserts.
Always use protective goggles when using ceramic inserts.
Cross section
Sandvik Coromant has introduced the Torx Plus system on all

insert screws to ensure an improved and secure clamping. The
new Torx Plus screws will keep their previous codes, while the
keys will change the code. All keys for insert clamping are concerned: screwdrivers, T-style keys, L-style keys, ag-style keys
and combination keys (Torx Plus/hex).
Torx Plus
Torx
Note! Torx Plus is a registered trademark of Camcar-Textron (USA).
Wrench benets:
ergonomic handle consisting of two materials, one of which

has a rubber base for best grip
a "click" function when tightening the screws

- is impossible to over tighten.
a fixed stop in counter clockwise direction, making it easier

to loosening screws
design of blade tip has been optimised for best screw fitting
blade material consists of a higher class of material grade
Note!
The new Torx Plus keys and screw-drivers do NOT t into the
standard Torx screws.
However, the standard Torx keys and screw-drivers will t the
new Torx Plus screws.
Milling cutter mountings

Coromant Capto: provides the best stability and thus basis
for high productivity, reliablity and quality. Cutters are available as over-size in relation the the coupling for extended
tooling. Best choice, especially for long edge milling.
Cylindrical shanks: Recommended for use with precision
chucks like CoroGrip for best stability and precision. Extra
long tools available.
Weldon: established tool mounting but not recommended
as rst choice if productivity and precision are issues.
Arbor: established tool mounting and the only solution for
large-diameter cutters. Gives good stability for high productivity.
Threaded: modular system with exchangeable cutting heads.
Silent tool solution and carbide shank adapters for extended
tooling.
D 34
Milling
Tool wear
Flank and notch wear
a. Rapid ank wear

causing poor surface
nish or out of tolerance.
Frittering
Thermal cracks
Built-up edge (B.U.E.)
b/c. Notch wear causing

poor surface nish
and risk of edge
breakage.
Small cutting edge fractures (frittering) causing

poor surface nish and
excessive ank wear.
Small cracks perpendicular to the cutting edge

causing frittering and
poor surface nish.
Built-up edge causing

poor surface nish and
cutting edge frittering
when the B.U.E. is torn
away.
Cause:
Remedy:
a. Cutting speed too high

or insufcient wear
resistance.
Reduce cutting speed.

Select a more wear resistant
grade.
a. Too low feed.
Increase feed.
b/c. Work hardening

materials.

Select tougher grade.
b/c. Skin and scale.
Increase cutting speed.
Grade too brittle.
Select tougher grade.
Insert geometry too

weak.
Select an insert with a

stronger geometry .
Built-up edge.
Increase cutting speed or

select a positive geometry.
Reduce feed at beginning
of cut.
Thermal cracks due to

temperature variations
caused by:
- Intermittent machining.
Select a tougher grade with

better resistance to thermal
shocks.
- Varying coolant supply.
Coolant should be applied

copiously or not at all.
Workpiece material is
welded to the insert
due to:
Low cutting
speed.
Increase cutting
speed.
Low feed.
Increase feed.
Negative cutting
geometry.
Select a positive geometry.
G
Poor surface nish
Vibrations
Too high feed.
Reduce feed.
Wrong insert
position.
Change position.
Deection.
Check overhang.
Bad stability.
Better stability.
Wrong cutting data.

Increase feed.
Change cutting depth.
Bad stability.
Reduce overhang.
Better stability.
D 35
Milling
If problems should occur

Some typical problems in milling and possible solutions
Excessive vibration
A
1. Weak xture
Possible solutions:
Assess the direction of cutting forces and provide adequate support or improve the xture.
Reduce cutting forces by decreasing cutting depths.
Select a coarse and differentially pitched cutter with a more positive cutting action.
Select an L-geometry with small corner radius and small parallel land.
Seplect a ne-grain, uncoated insert or thinner coating
2. Weak workpiece
Consider a square shoulder cutter (90-degree entering angle) with positive geometry.
Select an insert with L-geoemetry
Decrease axial cutting force lower depth of cut, smaller corner radius and parallel land.
Select a coarse-pitch cutter with differential pitch.
3. Long tool overhang
Minimize the overhang.
Use coarse-pitch cutters with differential pitch.
Balance radial and axial cutting forces 45 degree entering angle, large corner radius
or round insert cutter.
Increase the feed per tooth
Use a light-cutting insert geoemtry L/M
4. Milling square shoulder with weak spindle
Select smallest possible cutter diameter.
Select positive cutter and insert.
Try up-milling.
Check spindle deection to see if acceptable for machine.
5. Irregular table feed
Try up-milling
Tighten machine feed mechanism.
Unsatisfactory surface nish

1. Excessive feed per revolution
Set cutter axially or classify inserts. Check height with indicator.
Check the spindle run-out and the cutter mounting surfaces.
Decrease the feed per rev to max. 70% of the width of the parallel land.
Use wiper inserts if possible. (Finishing operations)
2. Vibration
See section on vibration.
3. Built-up edge formation on insert
Increase cutting speed to elevate machining temperature.
Turn off coolant.
Use sharp cutting edge inserts, with smooth rake side.
Use positve insert geometry.
Try a cermet grade with higher cutting data.
D 36
Milling
4. Back-cutting
Check spindle tilt (Tilt spindle approx 0.10mm/1000 mm)
Axial run-out of spindle should not exceed 7 microns during nishing.
Reduce the radial cutting forces (decrease the depth of cut)
Select a smaller cutter diameter.
Check the parallelism on the parallel lands and on wiper insert used. (Should not be
standing on heel or toe)
Make sure the cutter is not wobbling adjust the mounting surfaces.
5. Workpiece frittering
Decrease feed per tooth.
Select a close or extra-close pitch cutter.
Re-position the cutter to give a thinner chip at cutter exit.
Select a more suitable entering angle (45-degrees) and lighter cutting geometry.
Choose a sharp insert.
Monitor ank wear to avoid excessive wear.
Insert fracture in general milling

1. Excessive chip thickness at cutter exit
Minimize the chip thickness at exit by changing the cutter position in relation to
workpiece.
Use down-milling
Decrease the feed per tooth.
Select a smaller cutter diameter.
Use a stronger insert geometry (H).
Insert fracture in square shoulder milling

1. Swarf follows cutter in up-milling, getting stuck between shoulder and edge.
Change to down-milling.
Use compressed air.
Use a sharper insert to facilitate re-cutting of chips.
Monitor ank wear to avoid excessive wear.
2. Down-milling with several passes.
Consider performing the operation in one pass.
3. Chip jamming between shoulder and edge.
Try up-milling
Select a tougher insert grade.
Select a horisontal milling machine.
D 37
Milling
Selection and application process
P
M
K
N
Dene the operation
Identify the type of operation:

Facemilling
Shoulder milling
Prole milling
Slot milling
Then select the most suitable tool considering productivity, reliability and quality.
Dene the material
Dene workpiece material according to ISO:

Steel (P)
Stainless steel (M)
Cast iron (K)
Aluminium (N)
Heat resistant and titanium alloy (S)
Hardened material (H)
Select cutter concept
Select the milling cutter
Select the insert
Dene the start values
D 38
Assess which concept is the most productive for the application:

CoroMill 245, CoroMill 210, CoroMill 390, CoroMill 290.
Choose cutter pitch and mounting.

Use a close pitch cutter as rst choice.
Use a coarse pitch cutter for long overhang and unstable conditions.
Use an extra close pitch cutter for short chipping materials and super alloys.
Choose a mounting type.
Choose the insert geometry for your operation:

Geometry L = Light
For light cuts when low forces / power are required
Geometry M = Medium
First choice for mixed production
Geometry H = Heavy
For rough operations, forging, cast skin and vibrations
Select insert grade for optimum productivity.
Cutting speeds and feeds for different materials are given on the insert
dispensers and in the tables.
The values should be optimized according to machine and conditions!
Milling
D 39
Milling
Operations tool recommendations

General facemilling
Material/
Application
Steel
Stainless steel
Cast-iron
Aluminium
Super alloys
Hardened steel
Finishing
Semi-nishing
Roughing
Heavy roughing
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 245
T-MAX 45
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 245
-
AUTO-AF*
CoroMill 245
AUTO R
CoroMill 245 (18)
CoroMill Century
CoroMill Century
CoroMill 245
-
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 300
T-Max 45
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 200
* CoroMill Century
P M K
Thin walls
Close to xture
N
CoroMill Century
CoroMill 390
CoroMill Century
CoroMill 390
Long overhang
CoroMill 210 (R)/CoroMill 245 (F)
Back facing
CoroMill 331
High feed milling
CoroMill 210/CoroMill 300
P M K
CoroMill 390
P M K
P M K
E
General shoulder milling
Material/
Application
Steel
Stainless steel
Cast-iron
Aluminium
Super alloys
Hardened steel
Finishing
Semi-nishing
Roughing
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
AUTO-AF
CoroMill 290
CoroMill 290
CoroMill Century
CoroMill 790
CoroMill 790
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 390
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 290
CoroMill 290
P M K
Repeated
shoulder milling
Deep shoulder
milling
Edging/
Contouring
D 40
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 790
(Small ae (ae/Dc<)
Large ae (ae/Dc>..)
CoroMill 390 LE-11
CoroMill 390 LE- 18
CoroMill 390/CoroMill Plura
CoroMill Plura
For diameters smaller than 20 mm, CoroMill Plura solid

carbide endmills are rst choice generally for all materials.
Milling
Prole milling
Material/
Application
Steel
Stainless steel
Cast-iron
Aluminium
Super alloys
Hardened steel
Super nishing
Finishing
Semi-nishing
Roughing
High-feed milling
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 216F
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 210
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 210
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 216F
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 200
CoroMill 210
CoroMill 790
CoroMill 790
CoroMill 790
-
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 300
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 300
CoroMill 200
CoroMill 210
Slot milling
C
ap : 2 6
ap > 6
Slotting
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 331
Deep slotting
T-Max Q-cutter
CoroMill 331
E
Axial/plunge milling
Application/
Cutter diameter
Dc > 25
Semi-nishing
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 210
Roughing
CoroMill 390
CoroMill 210
Dc 25
D 41
Milling
Tool guide and selection

Face-, shoulder-, prole and slot milling
CoroMill 245
CoroMill 290
CoroMill 390
245-12 / 245-18
B
Cutting depth ap
Dc
Material
6/10 mm
36 85 mm
10.7 mm
Dc 32 200 mm
Dc 32 200 mm
Dc 40 250 mm
Dc 32 250 mm
Dc 12 200 mm
1:st
choice
P M K S H
P M K S H
P M S
2:nd
choice
D
Face
milling
P M K N S H
K H
P
E
Shoulder
milling
Prole
milling
Slot
milling
15.7 mm
10/15.7 mm
Others
D 42
Very good
Good
Fair
Milling
CoroMill
Century
CoroMill 200
CoroMill 331
CoroMill 300
Adjustable
Fixed pockets
B
5/6/8/10 mm
10 mm
2.5/3.5/4/5/6/8 mm
Dc 40 200 mm
Dc 25 160 mm
Dc 10 125 mm
P M K N H
P M K S
6 32.8 mm
Dc 80 315 mm
P M K N S H
Dc
1:st
choice
2:nd
choice
/
/
Material
D
Face
milling
E
Shoulder
milling
F
Prole
milling
/
/
Cutting depth ap
G
Slot
milling
Others
D 43
Milling
Guide and selection

Face-, shoulder-, prole and slot milling
CoroMill Plura
CoroMill 210
CoroMill 790
CoroMill
Ball nose
CoroMill Ball
nose nishing
7 50 mm
1.2/2 mm
12/18 mm
8.6 - 44.6 mm
1.2 - 4.5 mm
Dc 10 50 mm
Dc 8 32 mm
P M K H
P M K N S H
B
Cutting depth ap
Dc
Material
Dc 0.4 25 mm
Dc 25 100 mm
P M K N S H
P M K S H
Dc 25 100 mm
Facemilling
Shoulder milling
F
Prole milling
Slot milling
Others
D 44
Very good
Good
Fair
Milling
T-Max Q-cutter
T-Max 45
Auto-R
Auto-AF/FS
B
2 - 6 mm
12 mm
6 mm
1/8 mm
Dc 80 315 mm
Dc 100 400 mm
Dc 80 500 mm
Dc 80 500 mm
P M K N S H
P M K H
Cutting depth ap
Dc
Material
D
Facemilling
E
Shoulder milling
F
Prole milling
Slot milling
Others
D 45
Milling
CoroMill 245
Light cutting facemills

A concept for highest metal removal
and mirror finishing
Roughing to mirror finishing
Demanding milling with

highest security
Insert size 12 mm
Insert size 18 mm
Up to 6 mm
Up to 10 mm
Pitch:
Condition: Unstable
General
Condition:
Stable
General
Stable
Geometries:
-M
-L
Pitch:
Condition:
-H
General
General
mm
0.05
-L
0.42
-M
ISO application areas:
D 46
-M
Wiper options
Higher feed at maintained

surface finish
mm
Up to 0.50
-H
Tool options designed to individual customer
requirements are available.
Milling
CoroMill 245 facemill

General facemilling
CoroMill 245 is the rst choice for facemilling in most materials, from roughing to nishing. It combines high metalremoval rate with good surface nish, which often does away
with a subsequent nishing operation. The close-pitch cutter
is the rst choice for an ISO 40 machine.
Mirror-nish facemilling
The CoroMill 245 generates an excellent surface nish if the
feed per rev does not exceed 80% of the parallel land (bs). The
standard inserts have a 2 mm bs-value. Wiper insert can be
used for higher feed-rates.
Use high cutting cutting speeds and/or cermet grade to obtain
shiny surfaces.
Use a coolant or oil mist for sticky materials (ISO M and S)
For the best surfaces, use PVD-coated insertswith sharp cutting edges and a depth of cut of 0.5 to 0.8 mm.
Long overhang
Choose CoroMill 245 to minimize vibration tendencies, because
a large part of the cutting forces are directed axially.
Depth of cut up to 6 and 10 mm respectively.
Feed per tooth up to 0.4 mm/edge.
Available as coarse, close and extra close pitch for maximum
performance in different conditions.
Long lasting cutter body with precision that resists heavy loads.
Secure insert geometries and grades optimized by application,
make high removal rates a reality.
Wiper insert for high productivity with excellent surface nish.
Inserts self locating into their seats.
Tough carbide shim for cutter body protection.
E
Diameter 32 250 mm
Arbor
G
r 45
Insert geometry:
Top rake angle
L
+23
M
+21
H
+16
l1 = programming length
Operations:
General
facemilling
Facemilling to
mirror nish
Chamfering
(true 45 angle)
Demanding intermittent
machining
Machining with
long overhang
Turnmilling
D 47
Milling
Insert geometries and grades for CoroMill 245

Light
Medium
Improve productivity
Heavy
Insert size 12 mm
Extra positive
Reinforced cutting
edge
Aluminium inserts
General use in most

materials
Light machining.
Low cutting forces.
Low feed rates.
Heavy machining.
Highest edge security
High feed rates.
Insert size 18 mm
C
Heavy chip removal

rates.
Variations in depth
of cut
D
Cemented carbide/Cermet
ISO
Steel
Stainless
steel
Cast iron
Non-ferous
material
Heat resistant
material
Hardened
material
Ceramic Boron nitride
Geometry
L
CoroMill inserts are dedicated to provide optimized performance

for material groups and operations. Correctly applied and with
optimized cutting data, the achievable productivity is very high.
Inserts are permanently marked with geometry, grade, nose radius and edge identity.
Wiper
The dedicated insert geometry AL provides high surface nish

and low burr formation tendencies in aluminium milling.The
sharp cutting edges give low cutting forces, benecial when machining weak or diicult-to-clamp components.
Wiper inserts
The long land of the wiper insert for milling allows the feed per revolution to be increased by up to four times of that normally used
mainitaning surface nish, especially when using large cutter diameters. Normally only one wiper is required.
For optimum performance, the wiper insert should be combined
with the precision-gound insert. However, combinations with direct-pressed inserts may often provide a satisfactory result.
The CoroMill 245 is a facemill with two insert sizes for providing
high productivity levels in small machining centres to large milling machines. The inserts have geometries and grades which
cover the most common workpiece matePolycrystalline
diamond
rials. The insert precision provides high
surface nish, also for rough machining,
Wiper
and are easy to handle and to index to the
guaranteed positions.
Basic grades for CoroMill 245

Wear resistance
Average
conditions
30
40
Difcult
Toughness
D 48
50
Steel
20
GC
4030
GC
4040
GC
1025
CT
530
GC
2030
GC
2040
CC6090
GC
4020
GC
3020
H13A
GC
3040
K20W
CD10
H10
H
GC
1025
GC
2030
Hardened materials
CT
530
GC
1025
GC
4020
CB50
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
10
Aluminium / Non-ferrous
Cast iron
Good
Stainless steel
01
CB50
CT
530
GC
4020
GC
1025
Milling
Inserts for CoroMill 245

Cemented carbide / Cermet
Light
Ceramic
Aluminium
Polycrystalline diamond tipped
Boron nitride tipped
Two cutting edges
Wiper
Wiper
One cutting edge
A
Medium
Wiper
Heavy
The Wiper inserts can also be used for Turn-Milling.
Ceramic, boron
nitride and diamond
Surface roughness
bs2
bs1
Without wiper
insert
For use in ISO K, N

and H area
With wiper insert
D
fn = feed/revolution
fn1 = bs1
fn2 = bs2
Feed
Example:
R245 -12 T3 E-PL
E = Highest edge sharpness and precision

K = Highest edge sharpness
M = Highest edge security
F
L = Light cutting geometry (L)
P = Workpiece material steel
(ISO P)
E = Highest edge sharpness
and precision
The torque wrench for Torx Plus screws has been designed
to ensure the correct torque value is always obtained.
D 49
Milling
Recommended feeds
Recommended feeds
fz ( feed in mm/tooth)
Starting
value
Insert
geometry
LIGHT
E- PL
ML
KL
M- PL
KL
MEDIUM
M- PM, M-KM
M- PM, M-KM
K- MM
Insert
geometry
(min max.)
Insert size 12 mm
0.14
(0.08 0.21) GC4030, GC3020,
GC2040, GC2030
0.11
(0.07 0.17) CT530, H13A
0.09
(0.05 0.12) GC1025
0.17
(0.08 0.21)
0.24
0.12
0.23
(0.10 0.28)
(0.08 0.18) CT530, H13A
(0.10 0.28)
0.35
(0.10 0.42)
Starting
value
(min max.)
Insert size 18 mm
Insert
geometry
Starting
value
(min max.)
Ceramics
E
0.21
(0.10 0.30)
CC6090
(0.07 0.21)
CB50
(0.07 0.21)
CD10
Cubic boron nitride

E
MEDIUM
M- PM
M-KM
M- MM
0.14
Polycrystalline diamond
0.35
0.35
0.35
(0.15 0.50)
(0.15 0.50)
(0.15 0.50)
0.14
HEAVY
M- PH, M-KH
Aluminium machining
E-AL
0.24
(0.10 0.28)
C
Best size
ae
ae
Operation stability
Low
High
D
Coarse pitch (-L)
Dc = ae
Reduced number of inserts,

with differential pitch, for best
productivity when stability and
power are limited.
Extended tooling.
Small machines.
1.2 - 1.5 x ae
Dc = Cutting diameter
ae = Working engagement
Close pitch (-M)
First choice
General purpose
milling and mixed
production.
Turnmilling with CoroMill 245

Cutter
diameter,
mm
Dc
r = 1.5
50
r = 45 63
80
D 50
Offset and width of cut
Dimensions, mm
bs
Ew1
Ew2
Ew3
aez1
aez2
aez3
8.2
8.2
8.2
17.00
23.50
31.85
0.00
12.97
22.36
0.00
0.00
34.16
39.20
45.36
48.60
55.43
64.15
61.60
78.60
Extra close pitch (-H)

Maximum number of
inserts for best productivity
under stable conditions.
All materials, also heat
resistant and hardened.
Milling
CoroMill facemill cutter

R245
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Standard insert:
R245-12 T3 .-.., max. ap 6 mm
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Dc
4880
54100
61125
Style
A22
A27
A32
Varilock
Style
B27
B32
B40
Dc
72125
79150
90200
Style
C40
C60
Dc
123250
163254
Cylindrical Power Chuck
VL
50
63
80
Dc
5880
71100
88125
F
Size
32
42
Dc
31.780
38.180
Options
Dc
Diameter 31.75254 mm
Pitch type
Even or Differential
zn
Design
Mounting type
Arbor mounting, Varilock,

No of inserts 224
dmm/D5m
Mounting size see above
Right or Left
l1
Programming length 40101.6 mm
l3
Reach length 39101.6 mm
D 51
Milling
CoroMill 290
General purpose square shoulder milling cutter
Optional facemill generating low
axial pressure
A
High accuracy
Milling of 90 corners with
capability for excellent
surface quality
Max ap
10.7 mm
D
Pitch:
E
Condition:
Unstable
General
Stable
Geometries:
-L
-M
-H
Feed range
fz
General
Ceramic and
boron nitride
E
-L
0.05
Low
-M
Medium
-H
0.30
High
For use in ISO K

and H area
D 52

Milling
CoroMill 290 square shoulder milling cutter

CoroMill 290 is the rst choice square shoulder facemill for
short chipping materials (ISO K) and hardened steel (H). It is
also a solution for facemilling when workpiece xturing limits the approach for machining. Generally, it provides an economical solution with four cutting edges per insert but does
not allow ramping.
Depth of cut up to 10.7 mm.

performance in different conditions. Long lasting cutter body
with precision that resists heavy loads.

make high removal rates a reality. Inserts self locating into their
seats. Tough carbide shim for cutter body protection.
Cutter bodies are machined from hardened steel resulting in
close tolerances and high strength.
Long, even and predictable insert life.
Excellent surface nish also achieved at high feeds.
Precision ground inserts for even greater accuracy.
Insert design with four cutting edges per insert, giving true 90
corners.
Pitches:
Coarse is rst choice in lowpowered and instable machines
and weak xturing
Close is generally the rst choice
Extra close is rst choice for
grey cast-iron
E
Diameter 40 250 mm
Cylindrical shank
Arbor
r 90
Operations:
Square shoulder
milling
Facemilling
Facemilling of
thin walls
Slotting
Circular interpolation
Main application areas
D 53
Milling

Light
Medium
Heavy
Ceramic and boron nitride
A
Light machining.
Low cutting forces.
Low feed rates.
Effective top
rake angle
Heavy machining.
Highest edge security
High feed rates.
General use in
most materials
+7
+10
+23
For use in ISO K and

H area
+10
Example:
R290 -12 T3 08E-PL
L = Light cutting geometry (L)
P = Workpiece material steel

(ISO P)
E = Highest edge sharpness
and precision
D
CoroMill 290 is designed to give a 90 angle in the workpiece.
Use shortest possible overhang for best 90 shoulder precision.
ISO
Steel
Stainless
steel
Cast iron
Aluminum
Heat resistant
material
Hardened
material
Use radius inserts (r 2.0 mm) when extra corner strength is

needed.
Geometry
L
Ceramic
Boron
nitride

Wear resistance
10
CT
20
30
40
Difcult
Toughness
D 54
50
530
GC
4030
Steel
Average
conditions
SM
30
GC
4040
CC6090
GC
1025
GC
4020
CT
GC
2030
530
GC
2040
GC
4040
CB50
GC
3020
GC
4020
H13A
GC
3040
K20W
Hardened materials
Cast iron
Good
Stainless steel
01
CB50
CT530
Milling

Cemented carbide / Cermet
Light
Medium
Ceramic
Boron nitride tipped
Heavy
la = max recommended cutting depth
Recommended feeds
Starting value
(min max.)
Insert geometry
M-PL
KL
WL
0.17
(0.08 0.21)
HEAVY
M-PH
KH
WH
0.25
(0.10 0.30)
E- PL
ML
KL
0.06
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.09)
(0.07 0.12)
(0.08 0.15)
CERAMIC
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
BORON NITRIDE E
0.10
(0.05 0.18)
Insert geometry
LIGHT
MEDIUM
M-PM
MM
KM
WM
Starting value
(min max.)
G
CoroMill 290
D 55
Milling
CoroMill square shoulder facemill

R290
Arbor mounting
Standard inserts:
R290-12 T3 ..., Max ap = 10.7 mm
Left hand inserts available as standard.
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
Style
A16
A22
A27
A32
Dc
50-63
50-105
58-125
73-160
Style
B27
B32
B40
Dc
75-125
82-160
93-200
Style
C40
C60
Dc
151-254
191-254
Varilock; 50, 63, 80
Cylindrical Power Chuck;

32, 42
Weldon; 32, 40, 50
Dc 38.1-160
Dc 38.1-101.6
Dc 38.1-101.6
Options
Dc
Design
Shim
Pitch
No. of insert zn
Mounting
D 56
38.1-254 mmin steps of 0.1 mm

Right hand or Left hand
With or Without
Even, Differential
3-22
Arbor mounting, Varilock, Cylindrical Power
Chuck, Weldon
D5m/dmm
l1
l3
Mounting sizesee above

Programming length
Arbor mounting style A and B38.3-100 mm,
Arbor mounting style C 50.8-68 mm,
Varilock40-100 mm,
Weldon65.9-119 mm
Reach length Cylindrical Power Chuck
and Weldon38.9-80 mm
Milling
CoroMill 390
Shoulder milling cutters

Comprehensive concept for deep or
shallow shoulder milling
A
Insert size -11 mm
Insert size -17 and 18 mm
B
15,7 mm
10 mm
050233
F
Pitch choice recommendations:
Insert size -11 and 17 mm
Insert size -18 mm
D 57
Milling
CoroMill 390
Long edge milling cutters

Options for light and heavy operations
A
Insert size -11 mm
Improved screw
Insert size -18 mm
Light cuts
E
Radius insert options
for cutter and seats.
Heavy cuts
L
Insert size -18 mm
max 1.0 mm (insert -11)

max 1.2 mm (insert -18)
ap
ae
l1
ae

D 58
ae
Milling
CoroMill 390 endmill, square shoulder

cutter and long edge cutter
CoroMill 390 is generally the rst choice for square shoulder
milling with a large, versatile programme for many applications. It generates a good quality 90-degree shoulder and is
ideal for ramping and helical interpolation.
Large depth of cut and steep ramping capabilities.

Wide and optimized chip pocket design and compressed air
through the cutter body provides excellent chip evacuation, also
at high removal rates and in long chipping materials.
Torx Plus screw and key for a safer grip and insert clamping.
First choice cutter for shoulder milling for ISO areas P, M and S.
Good choice for areas K and N.
Minimum mismatch at repeated passes.

Excellent performance in open and closed slotting, edging, face
and cavity milling applications.
Steep ramping, plunge milling and boring capability.
Facemilling close to xtures.
Designed for high speed machining.

Excellent surface nsih achieved also at high feeds.
Operations:
Endmill and square shoulder cutter.
G
Repeated
shoulder milling
Shoulder
milling
Ramping
Helical boring
Turnmilling
Facemilling
Slot milling
Helical
interpolation
Plunge milling
Main application areas.

Long edge cutter.
Deep shoulder
milling
Edging/
contouring
Slot milling
Circular boring
Main application areas.
D 59
Milling
CoroMill 390
Endmill and square shoulder facemill
Coromant Capto
Diameter 16 84 mm
Insert size, mm
11 18
r 90
Endmill
Cylindrical
Weldon
Threaded
coupling
Diameter 12 40 mm
Insert size, mm
11 17
r 90
Square shoulder facemill

D
Diameter 40 200 mm
Arbor
Insert size, mm
11 17 18
E
r 90
Long edge milling cutter
Coromant Capto
Diameter 32 100 mm
F
Insert size, mm
11 18
r 90
Long edge milling cutter
Cylindrical
Arbor
Diameter 32 200 mm
H
Insert size, mm
11 18
r 90
D 60
Milling
Recommended feeds for radius 0.8 and 1.2 mm

Edge strength
Insert geometry
Heavy
PH
M- M H
K H
Medium
P M
M- M M
KM
11
17
P M
E- M M
KM
11
17
18
P L
K L
11
17
P L
H- M L
K L
18
P L
E- M L
K L
11
17
M-
Light
Insert size, mm
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
Max. chip thickness, hex, mm
The optimum pitch for each type of operation

For the choice of cutter type - in particular selection of the most
suitable pitch - coarse, close or extra close the available ma
chine tool spindle capacity and its stability is traditionally a
decisive limitation.
The torque wrench for Torx Plus screws have been designed to
ensure the correct torque value is always obtained.
Pitch
D
Pitch types
L: coarse, first choice for low-powered machines, unstable
M: close generally the first choice
H: extra close, first choice for stable conditions, short chipping
materials and for materials requiring low cutting speeds.
Universal
Shoulder milling
Deep ap /ae
Medium ap / ae
Moderate ap / ae
Slot milling
Moderate ap
Limited
vc m/min
Short set up ( l1)
Long set up ( l1)
H
Reduce v f when
entering slot,
until 0.6 x D c
D 61
Milling
Inserts for CoroMill 390 cutters
Insert sizes
11 mm inserts: generally the first choice for diameters up to 80 mm, ap up to
6 mm. Makes very close pitches possible for high table feeds.
17 mm inserts: first choice for ap larger than 6 mm and when more light cutting
action is required.
18 mm insert: tough cutting edge solution for applications requiring strength,
especially for high feeds.
11
C
Radius inserts
Light
Light
-NL
Medium
Heavy
Note!
Intermediate radii and other
grades and geometry combinations are delivered on
request as engineered inserts.
Diamond
D
Radius inserts
17
Light
Light
-NL
Medium
18
Heavy
Note!
Intermediate radii and other
grades and geometry combinations are delivered on
Diamond
Radius inserts
Light
Note!
Intermediate radii and other grades and
geometry combinations are delivered on
Medium
G
Wiper inserts for CoroMill 390 (only for turnmilling)
H
Dc, mm
18
11
Light
11
Light
18
D 62
bs, mm
12
16
20
25
32
40
2.0
2.5
3.2
4.0
4.9
5.0
40
9.0
Milling

The CoroMill inserts are optimized for a material group and type
of operation. Correctly applied and with optimized cutting data
the productivity improvement is far beyond what any general
type of insert can offer.
The insert identity is permanently marked on the inserts with

geometry and grade, nose radius and cutting edge identity and
from the ordering code you will be able to select the right insert
for your application.
Extra
positive
NL
Light
Light
PLW
Medium
Light
Reinforced cutting
edge
Polycrystalline
diamond
NL
Light
Heavy
B
Light machining.
Low cutting forces.
Low feed rates.
For machining of
aluminum with lower
Si-content than 6%.
Low cutting forces.
Wiper, for
turn-milling.
General use in most

materials.
Heavy machining.
Highest edge security.
High feed rates.
For machining of
aluminum with more
than 6% silicon content.
Low cutting forces.
Effective top
rake angle
Particularly within the aerospace and die and mould industries

these series of radii are the most commonly used and in
some operations also a precondition for the manufacture of
specic components.
Geometry
L
ISO
Steel
Stainless
steel
Cast iron
Non-ferrous
material
Heat resistant
material
Hardened
material
A series of inserts with different corner radii are introduced as

standard. Intermediate radii and also non- standard grades are
delivered on request as engineered inserts.
Intermediate radii are delivered on request as engineered inserts.
Diamond
(PCD)
H
11
r =
0.2
0.4
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
3.1
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
3.1
4.0
0.8
1.2
1.6
2.0
2.4
3.1
4.0
(mm)
17
r =
(mm)
4.8
5.0
6.0
6.4
r =
5.0
6.0
6.4
Wear resistance
Difcult
50
GC
4040
GC
1025
GC
2030
CT
530
GC
2040
GC
4020
H13A
GC
3040
CD
10
H13A
GC
1025
GC
2030
Hardened materials
40
GC
4030
Steel
30
GC
1025
GC
4020
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
CT
530
10
20
Average
conditions
Cast iron
Stainless steel
Good
18
(mm)
01
CT
530
GC
1025
Toughness
D 63
Milling
Shoulder milling, plunge milling and peck drilling

Shoulder milling
90 shoulder milling with minimized mismatch
Insert size
Cutter diameter, Dc, mm

Shoulder milling, max ap mm
Plunge milling
For long tool overhangs and unstable
conditions, plunge milling might be the only
possible solution.
Insert -17
Insert -11
12
16
9.0
9.5
Peck drilling
Pocketing can also be performed to a limited extent, by peck-drilling at depths of up
to 1.5 mm depending on insert size.
20
25
9.4
32
9.3
4080
9.2
5.9
25
32
Insert -18
40
50
40200
15.2 15.1 15.0 14.9 9.6
Plunge milling, max ae mm
5.5
8.5
Peck drilling, max ap mm
1.0
1.5
Limitation for 12 mm dia cutters
15.7
1.1
Not recommended
ap mm
10
When using inserts with radius > 1.6 mm,

standard cutter bodies have to be modied
accordingly: r = r - 0.5 mm.
63125
Recommended ap and ae
for Dc 12 mm
6
1
2
Helical interpolation and ramping for pocketing and

cavity milling (endmilling)
lm =
ap
10
ae
12 mm
Blind hole with at bottom or

through hole
Through hole
Pitch
Pitch
tan
E
Ramping
Depending on the diameter of the cutter a
ramping angle of up to 15.5 degrees can be
used.
max
Helical interpolation
For wider pockets, helical interpolation can be an
advantage to start up the pocket. Preferably apply
down milling.
Preferably apply down milling.
F
Helical interpolation and ramping
Cutter diameter
Dc, mm
Ramping angle
Blind hole with at bottom or through hole
Through hole
Minimum1)distance
lm
D max2) with at
bottom (mm)
Max pitch
(mm/rev)
10.3
10.2
10.1
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
6.0
10.5
5.5
5.0
3.6
2.0
1.5
1.2
0.9
99.0
54.0
103.9
114.3
158.9
286.4
382
477.4
636.6
22.0
30.0
38.0
48.0
62.0
78.0
2.5
9.0
5.0
6.0
4.0
1.5
20.0
28.0
36.0
46.0
60.0
76.0
2.0
7.0
4.5
5.0
3.5
1.0
14.0
20.0
29.0
39.0
53.0
69.0
0.4
2.0
2.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
16.0
15.9
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.8
15.5
6.7
3.9
2.8
2.1
1.6
1.2
1
59.7
135.4
231.8
323.0
430.9
565.7
754.3
905.2
48.0
62.0
78.0
15.5
11.5
8.0
45.4
59.4
75.4
14.0
10.0
7.5
33.0
47.0
63.0
6.0
4.5
4.0
max
ap
D min (mm)
Max pitch
(mm/rev)
Max pitch
D min (mm) (mm/rev)
Insert -11
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
Insert -17
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
1)
Maximum and ap
D 64
2)
max in one cut with insert radii = 0.8 mm
Milling
CoroMill endmill
R390
Standard insert,
R390 11 T3 ..., r= 0.2-3.1 mm
R390 17 04 ..., r= 0.4-6.4 mm
Cylindrical threaded
Cylindrical
Cylindrical
power chuck
Size
12
16
20
25
32
40
Dc
15.5
15.5
15.5
19.05
25
31.75
-20
-25.4
-40
-50.8
-80
-80
Size
12
16
20
25
32
Dc
15.5
15.5
15.5
19.05
25
-20
-25.4
-40
-50.8
-80
Size
32
42
Dc
15.5 -80
19.05 -80
D
Weldon
Weldon threaded
Morse
Size
12
16
20
25
32
40
Dc
15.5
15.5
15.5
19.05
25
31.75
-20
-25.4
-40
-50.8
-80
-80
Size
16
20
25
32
Dc
15.5
15.5
19.05
25
-25.4
-40
-50.8
-80
Size
02
03
04
05
Dc
15.5
15.5
19.05
25
F
-32
-40
-50.8
-63.5
Options
Insert size
Dc
Pitch type
zn
Mounting
type
11, 17
-11, Diameter 15.5 80 mm
-17, Diameter 25 80 mm
-11, No of inserts 1 10
Cylindrical, Cylindrical threaded,
Cylindrical power chuck, Weldon,
Weldon threaded, Morse taper
G
dmm/D5m
l3
l2
l1
Coolant
r

Reach length 20 mm 3 Dc
Total length 61 300 mm
Programming length 25 260.5 mm
For Dc 50.8 mm,
but not available for threaded shanks
Size 11 r = 0.2 - 3.2 mm
Size 17 r = 0.4 - 6.5 mm
Standard cutter body covers insert radius
r 0.40-1.60 mm for both insert size.
D 65
Milling
CoroMill facemill
R390
Coromant Capto
Arbor mounting
Size
C3
C4
C5
C6
C8
Style
A16
A22
A27
A32
Standard insert,
R390 11 T3 ..., r= 0.2-3.1 mm
R390 17 04 ..., r= 0.4-6.4 mm
R390 18 06 ..., r= 0.8-6.4 mm
acc. to ISO 6462
Dc
15.5 - 44
15.5 - 50.8
25 - 80
25 - 80
38 - 102
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Dc
30.5
31.2
38
45
63.5
105
127
127
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
dmm
E
l1
Style
B27
B32
B40
Dc
56 127
63 127
74 160
Style
C40
C60
Dc
113.5 205
158.5 205
Options
Insert size
11, 17, 18
dmm/D5m
Dc
-11, Diameter 15.5 80 mm

l3
l1
Programming length 40 160 mm
Pitch type
Cormant Capto, Arbor mounting
Coolant
hole
For Dc 84 mm
Not available for arbor mounting
Size 11 r = 0.2 - 3.2 mm
Size 17 r = 0.4 - 6.5 mm
Size 18 r = 0.8 - 6.4 mm
r 0.40-1.60 mm for all insert sizes.
H
zn
Mounting
type
D 66
Milling
CoroMill long edge milling cutter R390

Cylindrical for
power chuck
Cylindrical
Standard insert ;
R390 11 T3. r= 0.2-3.1 mm
R390 18 06 ..., r= 1.2 mm
Weldon
Size
25
32
40
Dc
31.8 -32.0
31.8 -40.0
31.8 -50.8
Coromant Capto
D5m
Dc
31.8 -50.8
31.8 -63.5
Size
25
32
40
Dc
31.8 -32.0
31.8 -40.0
31.8 -50.8
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
dmm
ap
Dc
Size
32
42
Overlapping zone,
-11; max r= 1.0 mm
l1
ap
Size
C3
C4
C5
C6
C8
Dc
Dc
31.8 - 40.0
31.8 - 50.8
31.8 - 63.5
31.8 - 84.0
31.8 -102.0
Style
A16
A22
A27
A32
B40
C40
C60
l1
Dc
40.0 - 50.8
46.0 - 63.5
51.0 - 80.0
56.0 -102.0
86.0 -127.0
134.5 -205.0
174.5 -205.0
Options
Insert size
Dc
11, 18
-11, Diameter 31.8 66.0 mm
-18, Diameter 38.0 205.0 mm
Pitch type
No of effective
inserts (utes)
zc
-11 =1 6 (differential pitch could give less number of inserts)
-18 =1 9 (differential pitch could give less number of inserts)
Mounting
type
Cylindrical, Cylindrical power chuck, Weldon,

Coromant Capto, Arbor mounting
dmm/D5m
ap
l1 and l2
Insert size 11 ap = 18 125

Insert size 18 ap = 29 155
(max ap for Coromant Capto = 2.5 Dc),
(max ap for arbor mounting = 2 Dc),
(max ap for Cylindrical/Weldon = 1.5 Dc)
Depending on the length of ap
Coolant supply
for Coromant
Capto
Coolant according to standard, coolant to all

pockets (Valid up to Dc 66 mm), or no coolant
Insert size 11 r = 0.2 - 3.2 and 4.0 mm

Insert size 18 r = 1.2 mm
r = 0.20-1.60 mm.
D 67
Milling
Turn-milling with CoroMill 390
If the surface is wider than the cutter diameter, stay in the rst
position and move the cutter in axial direction to required length
but not more than 80% of the aez1 per revolution, but if a 90
shoulder is required, the cutter has to move to second position,
Ew2.
In face turn-milling one wiper insert is used to generate the

straight line contact between the cutter and the machined surface in order to create the cylindrical part of the component. To
cover the full width of the cutter, the tool has to be placed with
at least 2 offsets, rst Ew1 during rst revolution of the work
piece and then moved to Ew2 for a second cut.
B
Location of cutter
nd
t
cu
Width of cut
2
1
nd
ut
cu
ut
st
c
c
st
Width of cut
Wiper width
CoroMill 390
G
Infeed principle
Dimensions, mm
Cutter
diameter,
mm
Dc
bs
Ew1
Ew2
Ew3
aez1
aez2
aez3
11 12
16
20
r = 0.8
r = 90 25
32
40
2.0
2.5
3.2
4.0
4.9
5.0
3.40
4.90
6.32
8.19
10.79
14.70
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
7.33
10.00
12.82
17.93
20.84
24.08
10.40
14.40
18.40
23.40
29.47
34.05
30.40
38.40
18 40
44
r = 1.2
50
r = 90 54
63
66
80
84
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
10.70
12.70
15.70
17.70
22.20
23.70
30.70
37.20
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
8.93
11.17
19.88
22.14
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
30.43
32.44
35.24
36.99
40.65
41.80
46.80
48.13
37.60
41.60
47.60
51.60
57.49
59.12
66.18
68.06
60.60
63.60
77.60
81.60
D 68
Feed the milling tool into the work piece in radial direction. The work
piece rotation speed should correspond to the feed/tooth recommended for the insert. Outfeed the cutter axially.
vf /2
vf /2
vf
Milling
CoroMill 200 and CoroMill 300

round insert cutters
Roughing
CoroMill 200
A robust cutter in negative design for

secure roughing in tough applications.
CoroMill 300
A reliable light cutting cutter in positive

design.
First choice for most roughing or seminishing applications.
Semi nishing
CoroMill 300
B
How to choose the right round insert cutter for specic operations and
workpiece materials:
CM 200
First choice for heavy
roughing aplications
ISO
CM 300
First choice for roughing to

semi-nishing operations.
Steel
Second choice
First choice for roughing to

semi-nishing operations
Stainless Steel
First choice for roughing
applications, HSM with
ceramic inserts.
First choice for semi-nishing operations
Cast Iron
First choice
Aluminium
Second choice
First choice
Super Alloys
First choice for heavy
roughing and intermediate cuts, HSM with CBN
inserts.
ISO taper 50 and bigger

machine tool spindles
First choice for light roughing to semi-nishing.
Hardened Steel
ISO taper 50 and 40 and smaller

machine tool spindles
D 69
Milling
CoroMill 200
Robust facemilling and profiling cutter

A concept for secure roughing
A
Roughing
CoroMill 200 / CoroMill 300
Semi finishing
CoroMill 300 / CoroMill Ball Nose
Finishing
CoroMill Plura /
CoroMill Ball Nose Finishing
Pitch:
Condition:
General
F
Geometries:
-L
-M
-H
10
0.05
Condition:
12
16
20
0.6
mm
fz
General
H
D 70
Milling
CoroMill 200 round insert milling cutter

Facemilling for roughing and in difcult conditions.
For facemilling and proling.
Roughing of pockets by ramping or helical interpolation.

Long, consistent and predictable insert life.
Ceramic inserts and CBN inserts for milling cast-iron and hardened steel.
D
Cylindrical shank
Diameter 25 160 mm
Arbor
Effective top rake angle

L: +17
M: +12
H: +5
Operations:
More information on the next page
Facemilling
Shoulder milling
Full slot milling
Ramping
Plunge milling
Rest milling
Proling
Turn milling
D 71
Milling
Inserts and grades for CoroMill 200

Light
Ceramic
Medium
Boron nitride
Heavy
A
Four insert sizes available in three geometries covering depths of
cut up to 10 mm, with a feed range of 0.05 - 0.6 mm/insert.
M
Medium
Light
Facet on the base of the insert prevent insert movement during

the cutting action.
Heavy
Insert are centre screw located for easy chip evacution and
mounted on carbide shims for good cutter body protection.
General use in
most materials.
Heavy machining.
High feed rates.
Light machining.
Low cutting forces.
Low feed rates.
D
Insert geometry
ISO
Steel
Stainless
steel
Cast iron
Non-ferrous
material
Heat resistant
material
Hardened
material
E
fz 0.05 - 0.6
Feed range, mm/tooth
Ceramic
Boron nitride

Wear resistance
Difficult
50
Toughness
D 72
SM
30
GC
4040
CC
6090
GC
1025
GC
2030
CT
530
GC
2040
GC
3020
H13A
GC
3040
CB50
H13A
GC1025
GC
1025
GC
2030
H10F
Hardened materials
40
GC
4030
CB50
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
30
Steel
20
Average
conditions
GC
1025
GC
4020
10
CT530
Cast iron
Good
Stainless steel
01
GC
CT
530 1025
GC
4020
Milling
Nominal feed values per insert

Cemented carbide/ Cermet
Feed recommendations for insert size 10 (iC)

fz (mm/insert)
ap
-PL/-ML/-KL
(mm)
rec.
(min.max.)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
0.40
0.18
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.08
(0.250.60)
(0.110.28)
(0.080.20)
(0.070.17)
(0.060.15)
(0.050.13)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
-PM/-MM/-KM/-WM
-PH/-KH/-WH
rec.
(min.max.)
rec.
(min.max.)
0.85
0.39
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.17
0.17
(0.501.01)
(0.230.46)
(0.170.33)
(0.140.28)
(0.130.25)
(0.110.22)
(0.100.20)
(0.100.20)
1.26
0.57
0.42
0.35
0.31
0.27
0.26
0.25
(0.501.51)
(0.230.69)
(0.170.50)
(0.140.42)
(0.130.38)
(0.110.33)
(0.100.31)
(0.100.30)

fz (mm/insert)
ap
-PL/-ML/-KL
(mm)
rec.
(min.max.)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
0.44
0.20
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.08
(0.280.66)
(0.130.30)
(0.090.22)
(0.080.18)
(0.070.16)
(0.060.14)
(0.050.13)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
-PM/-MM/-KM/-WM
rec. (min.max.)
0.94
0.43
0.31
0.26
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.17
0.17
(0.551.10)
(0.250.50)
(0.180.36)
(0.150.30)
(0.130.27)
(0.120.23)
(0.110.21)
(0.100.20)
(0.100.20)
-PH/-KH/-WH
rec. (min.max.)
1.38
0.63
0.45
0.38
0.34
0.29
0.27
0.25
0.25
(0.551.65)
(0.250.75)
(0.180.54)
(0.150.45)
(0.130.40)
(0.120.35)
(0.110.32)
(0.100.30)
(0.100.30)

fz (mm/insert)
ap
(mm)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Ceramic and cubic boron nitride

Insert
-PL/-ML/-KL
rec. (min.max.)
0.51
0.23
0.17
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.08
(0.320.76)
(0.140.34)
(0.100.25)
(0.090.21)
(0.080.18)
(0.060.15)
(0.060.14)
(0.050.13)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
-PM/-MM/-KM/-WM
rec. (min.max.)
1.08
0.49
0.35
0.29
0.26
0.22
0.20
0.18
0.18
0.17
0.17
(0.631.27)
(0.290.57)
(0.210.41)
(0.170.34)
(0.150.30)
(0.130.26)
(0.120.23)
(0.110.22)
(0.100.21)
(0.100.20)
(0.100.20)
-PH/-KH/-WH
rec.
(min.max.)
1.59
0.72
0.52
0.43
0.38
0.32
0.29
0.27
0.26
0.25
0.25
(0.631.90)
(0.290.86)
(0.210.62)
(0.170.51)
(0.150.45)
(0.130.38)
(0.120.35)
(0.110.32)
(0.100.31)
(0.100.30)
(0.100.30)
Grade
(min max)
fz mm/tooth
rec.
RCHT 12 04 M0
CB50
0.14
(0.07 0.21)
RCKT 12 04 M0
RCKT 16 06 M0
6090
6090
0.28
0.28
(0.10 0.42)
(0.10 0.42)
Torx Plus screws have been designed to ensure the correct

torque value is always obtained.
fz (mm/insert)
ap
-PL/-ML/-KL
(mm)
rec.
(min.max.)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.57
0.26
0.18
0.15
0.13
0.11
0.10
0.09
0.09
0.08
0.08
0.08
0.08
(0.350.85)
(0.160.38)
(0.110.28)
(0.090.23)
(0.080.20)
(0.070.17)
(0.060.15)
(0.060.14)
(0.050.13)
(0.050.13)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
(0.050.12)
-PM/-MM/-KM/-WM
rec. (min.max.)
1.21
0.54
0.39
0.32
0.28
0.24
0.21
0.20
0.19
0.18
0.17
0.17
0.17
(0.711.42)
(0.320.64)
(0.230.46)
(0.190.38)
(0.170.33)
(0.140.28)
(0.130.25)
(0.120.23)
(0.110.22)
(0.100.21)
(0.100.20)
(0.100.20)
(0.100.20)
-PH/-KH/-WH
rec. (min.max.)
1.77
0.80
0.57
0.47
0.42
0.35
0.31
0.29
0.27
0.26
0.26
0.25
0.25
(0.712.13)
(0.320.96)
(0.230.69)
(0.190.57)
(0.170.50)
(0.140.42)
(0.130.38)
(0.120.35)
(0.110.33)
(0.100.31)
(0.100.31)
(0.100.30)
(0.100.30)
D 73
Milling
Ramping and helical interpolation CoroMill 200

Hole
lm
tan
ap
ap
A
iC
D3
Ramping
In penetrating operations ramping is preferred. The maximum

ramping angle is dependent on insert size and cutter diameter.
The angle for each cutter is presented in table below.
By using helical interpolation it is possible to produce a hole in

a solid workpiece.
This is a good solution when required to produce large diameter
holes on small machines having limited power availability.
C
Max. ramp
angle
D3
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
iC = 12 mm ap 6 mm
iC = 10 mm ap 5 mm
Dia.
Min. dist.1)
lm (mm)
13
22
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
32
Max.
38
Max. ramp
angle
Min. dist.1)
lm (mm)
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Max.
13
9.5
6.5
4.5
3.5
2.5
26
32
49
68
98
137
42
58
78
104
138
178
iC = 16 mm ap 8 mm
Max. ramp
angle
E
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
1)
Min. dist.1)
lm (mm)
13
11
7
5
3.5
2.5
35
35
48
70
102
131
iC = 20 mm ap 10 mm
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Max.
Max. ramp
angle
Min. dist.1)
lm (mm)
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Max.
50
70
96
130
170
220
62
82
108
142
182
232
13
11
7
5
3.5
2.5
43
45
67
95
127
191
62
88
122
162
212
282
78
104
138
178
228
298
Maxmimum and ap
ae
max rec.
ae, mm
iC
10
12
10.8
10
16
14.4
20
18
iC
50
66
86
112
146
186
Plunge milling
For long tool overhangs and unstable conditions, plunge milling
might be the only possible solution.
0.03
+0
0.2
D 74
0.03
max rec.
az, mm
2.9
12
3.7
16
4.9
20
6.1
Peck drilling
Pocketing can also be performed to a limited extent, by peckdrilling at depths of up to 1.5 mm depending on insert size.
True nishing
The close diameter tolerance, never on the plus side, allows the tool to be used for true
nishing operations when copy milling.
Milling
CoroMill round insert cutter

R200
Standard insert:
RCKT 10 T3 ..., max. ap 5 mm
RCKT 12 04 ..., max. ap 6 mm
RCKT 16 06 ..., max. ap 8 mm
RCKT 20 06 ..., max. ap 10 mm
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Style
A22
A27
Style
B27
B32
B40
Style
C40
C60
Dc2
50-68
63-100
Dc2
75-100
80-125
86-160
Dc2
118.7-250
175.3-254
Varilock 50, 63, 80
C
Dc2 25-125
Cylindrical 20, 25, 32

Weldon 20, 25, 32, 40
Morse 02, 03, 04, 05
F
Dc2 =25-50
Dc2 =25-50
Dc2 =25-50
Options
Mounting
type
Cylindrical,Weldon,Morse taper, Arbor mounting,

Varilock
Diameter15-234 mm
dmm/D5m
yes or No
l3
Reach length30-150 mm
l2
Total length81-240 mm
l1
Programming length40-183 mm,
Coolant
hole
For Varilockl1 max 80 mm
Insert size
10, 12, 16, 20
Dc2
Diameter25-254 mm
Dc1
Shim
Pitch type
No of inserts 2-16
D 75
Milling
CoroMill 300
Light cutting face and profile milling cutters

Versatile concept for roughing to high
feed semi-finishing
A
Roughing
Semi-finishing
CoroMill 300/CoroMill Ball Nose
Finishing
CoroMill Plura /
High feed semi-finishing
Extra close pitch version
Geometries:
Pitch:
General
05 07
08
10
12
16
fz
0.1
D 76
Condition:
Unstable
General
Stable
0.5 mm

Milling
CoroMill 300 round insert milling cutter

Light-cutting round-insert cutter for facemilling, proling,
pocketing by ramping or helical interpolation.
Designed for high speed machining.
action in all materials. Pitch and insert

options combined for productivity in
many operation. Cutter bodies manufactured from pre-hardened steel,
resulting in close tolerances and high
strength. Light cutting action promotes
high feed rates even in weaker machines and unstable condtions.
Long, consistent and predictable tool-life.

Excellent surface nish achieved at high feeds.
High performance and versatility. Power effciency for both

stable and weak powered machines. High and vibration-free
metal removal with both short and long tools. Smooth cutting
Diameter 10 42 mm
Cylindrical
Weldon
Morse taper
Neutral design
Threaded
coupling
Machines: All types

Materials: All types
Insert geometry
Effective top
rake angle
M-xM
+20
E-xM
0
M-xH
+5
Diameter 25 125 mm
Cylindrical
Coromant Capto
Arbor
Positive design
Machines: All types

Insert geometry
M-xM
Average effective
toprake angle
+24
E-xM
M-xH
+4
+9
F
Operations:
Facemilling
Shoulder milling
Full slot milling
Rest milling
Proling
Ramping
Contouring
Plunge milling
Turn-milling
Type of tool shown on the applications above is the recommended rst choice. Other tool alternatives are also recommended, but only as a second choice.
D 77
Milling
Feed recommendations
Feed/tooth, mm
fz
0.5
fz (mm/insert)
R300-0517E-PM
0.4
R300-1240E-PM
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 ae, ap
Radial and/or axial depth of cut, mm
ap
(mm)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
rec.
E-xM
(min.max.)
rec.
M-xM
(min.max.)
rec.
M-xH
(min.max.)
0.59
0.27
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.13
(0.230.90)
(0.100.41)
(0.080.30)
(0.060.26)
(0.060.23)
(0.050.21)
(0.050.20)
0.59
0.27
0.20
0.17
0.15
0.13
0.13
(0.320.90)
(0.140.41)
(0.110.30)
(0.090.26)
(0.080.23)
(0.070.21)
(0.070.20)
0.68
0.31
0.23
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.15
(0.321.13)
(0.140.52)
(0.110.38)
(0.090.32)
(0.080.29)
(0.070.26)
(0.070.25)
B
High feed face milling
ap
0.5
12
16
0.62-0.83
0.92-1.15
1.00-1.75
1.44-2.01
0.45
0.670.83
0.72-1.27
1.03-1.45
0.56
0.60-0.76
0.86-1.20
0.54
0.76
1.0
1.5
D
2.0
fz (mm/insert)
Feed per insert

IC
8
10
ap
(mm)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
E-xM
rec. (min.max.)
0.90
0.41
0.30
0.25
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.18
(0.251.26)
(0.110.57)
(0.080.42)
(0.070.35)
(0.060.31)
(0.050.27)
(0.050.26)
(0.050.25)
M-xM
rec. (min.max.)
0.75
0.34
0.25
0.21
0.19
0.16
0.15
0.15
(0.351.26)
(0.160.57)
(0.120.42)
(0.100.35)
(0.090.31)
(0.080.27)
(0.070.26)
(0.070.25)
M-xH
rec. (min.max.)
1.01
0.46
0.33
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.20
0.20
(0.351.51)
(0.160.69)
(0.120.50)
(0.100.42)
(0.090.38)
(0.080.33)
(0.070.31)
(0.070.30)
rec.
M-xH
(min.max.)
1.10
0.50
0.36
0.30
0.27
0.23
0.21
0.20
0.20
(0.391.65)
(0.180.75)
(0.130.54)
(0.110.45)
(0.090.40)
(0.080.35)
(0.070.32)
(0.070.30)
(0.070.30)

M-xH
E
E-xM
rst choice for high feed milling with

CM 300.
for lower cutting forces. Use the lower
range of feed rate.
High feed milling with a round insert cutter

Small ap (5-15% of iC) makes high feed
fz (mm/insert)
ap
(mm)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
E-xM
rec. (min.max.)
0.99
0.45
0.33
0.27
0.24
0.21
0.19
0.18
0.18
(0.281.38)
(0.130.63)
(0.090.45)
(0.080.38)
(0.070.34)
(0.060.29)
(0.050.27)
(0.050.25)
(0.050.25)
M-xM
rec. (min.max.)
0.83
0.38
0.27
0.23
0.20
0.17
0.16
0.15
0.15
(0.391.38)
(0.180.63)
(0.130.45)
(0.110.38)
(0.090.34)
(0.080.29)
(0.070.27)
(0.070.25)
(0.070.25)
rates possible - Vf is favourable cutting

force direction.

fz (mm/insert)
Avoid machining against a vertical face

- large contact (large ap) excessive
vibration.
H
Move gradually away from the vertical
face for every new z-level.
Waterline milling
D 78
ap
(mm)
0.1
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
E-xM
rec. (min.max.)
1.27
0.57
0.41
0.34
0.30
0.26
0.23
0.22
0.21
0.20
0.20
(0.321.90)
(0.140.86)
(0.100.62)
(0.090.51)
(0.080.45)
(0.060.38)
(0.060.35)
(0.050.32)
(0.050.31)
(0.050.30)
(0.050.30)
M-xM
rec. (min.max.)
1.14
0.52
0.37
0.31
0.27
0.23
0.21
0.19
0.19
0.18
0.18
(0.441.59)
(0.200.72)
(0.140.52)
(0.120.43)
(0.110.38)
(0.090.32)
(0.080.29)
(0.080.27)
(0.070.26)
(0.070.25)
(0.070.25)
M-xH
rec. (min.max.)
1.59
0.72
0.52
0.43
0.38
0.32
0.29
0.27
0.26
0.25
0.25
(0.442.54)
(0.201.15)
(0.140.83)
(0.120.69)
(0.110.60)
(0.090.51)
(0.080.46)
(0.080.43)
(0.070.41)
(0.070.40)
(0.070.40)
Milling
CoroMill 300 insert geometries and grades

Medium
Medium
Heavy
M-xM
E-xM
M-xH
M-xM
E-xM
M-xH
A
General use in most
materials.
For highest edge sharpness

and precision in combination
with security.
First choice for semi-nishing
applications.
First choice for roughing

applications in all materials.
C
Max. rpm (nmax) in relation to the protrusion
of the tool on cylindrical shanks
Insert sizes 10, 12 and 16 mm

Insert sizes 5, 7 and 8 mm
Facet on insert prevents movement during
machining
nmax
D3 = 12
D3 = 10
35 000
D3 = 15
30 000
D3 = 16
25 000
Steel
Stainless
steel
15 000
Cast iron
10 000
Non-ferrous
material
Heat resistant
material
Hardened
material
D3 = 25
l mm
5 000
50
100
150
Geometry
D3 = 20
20 000
Cemented carbide
ISO
200
x
x
x
x
x
x
40
Difcult
50
530
GC
4030
Steel
30
GC
1025
GC
4020
GC
4040
GC
1025
GC
2030
CT
530
GC
2040
GC
3020
GC
3040
CT
530
GC
1025
Hardened materials
CT
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
10
20
Average
Good
Stainless steel
01
Cast iron
Wear resistance
GC
4020
H
GC
3040
Toughness
D 79
Milling
Ramping and helical interpolation CoroMill 300

lm
Hole
tan
ap
ap
Ramping
In penetrating operations ramping is preferred. The
maximum ramping angle is dependent on insert size
and cutter diameter. The angle (alpha) for each cutter
is presented in table below.
By using helical interpolation it is possible to produce a hole in a solid workpiece.
This is a good solution when required to
produce large hole diameters on small
machines having limited power availability.
iC
D3
B
Insert
10
12
D3
lm
min
Flat
max
lm
min
Flat
25
8.0
28.5
36.4
42.0
49.0
13.5
20.8
32.4
40.0
49.0
32
5.0
45.7
50.4
56.0
63.0
7.5
38.0
46.4
54.0
63.0
max
34
16
lm
min
Flat
max
12.0
28.2
42.6
52.0
63.0
11.5
29.5
46.6
56.0
67.0
lm
min
Flat
max
35
4.0
57.2
56.4
62.0
69.0
6.5
43.9
52.4
60.0
69.0
10.5
32.4
48.6
58.0
69.0
40
3.5
65.4
66.4
72.0
79.0
5.0
57.2
62.4
70.0
79.0
8.0
42.7
58.6
68.0
79.0
42
3.0
76.3
70.4
76.0
83.0
4.5
63.5
66.4
74.0
83.0
7.5
45.6
62.6
72.0
83.0
50
2.5
91.6
86.4
92.0
99.0
5.5
62.3
78.6
88.0
99.0
52
2.0
114.5
90.4
96.0
103.0
5.0
68.6
82.6
92.0
103.0
7.0
65.2
75.6
88.0
103.0
63
1.5
152.8
112.4 118.0
125.0
3.5
98.1
104.6 114.0
125.0
5.0
91.4
97.6
110.0
125.0
66
1.5
152.8
118.4 124.0
131.0
3.5
98.1
110.6 120.0
131.0
4.5
101.6
103.6
116.0
131.0
80
1.0
229.2
146.4 152.0
159.0
2.5
137.4
138.6 148.0
159.0
3.5
130.8
131.6
144.0
159.0
100
2.5
183.2
171.6
184.0
199.0
125
1.5
305.5
221.6
234.0
249.0
Cutters with threaded coupling (neutral design)
E
Dia.
Max. ramp
angle
Min. dist.
lm (mm)
1)
D3
32
34
40
42
F
1)
iC = 12 mm ap 6 mm
iC = 10 mm ap 5 mm
12.0
10.3
8.3
7.7
23.5
27.5
34.3
37.0
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Flat
bottom
Max.
D3
47
51
63
67
54
58
70
74
63
67
79
83
32
34
40
42
Maxmimum and ap
Plunge milling
For long tool overhangs and unstable conditions, plunge milling might
be the only possible solution.
Dia.
1)
ae
Max. ramp
angle
20.0
16.9
13.2
12.1
Min. dist.1)
lm (mm)
16.5
19.7
25.6
28.0
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
46
50
62
66
Flat
bottom
52
56
68
72
Good practice for plunge milling

with round inserts is to use radial
depths of cut, ae, of approx. 80% of
insert diameter, iC. That will give a
stabilising effect of the tool.
D 80
63
67
79
83
Maxmimum and ap
iC
max rec.
ae, mm
8
10
12
16
7.2
9
10.8
14
iC
8
10
12
16
Max.
max rec.
az, mm
1.7
3.3
3.3
Peck drilling
Pocketing can also be performed to a limited extent, by peckdrilling at depths of up to 1.5 mm depending on insert size.
Milling
CoroMill 216
Robust ball nose endmill
A metal remover for semi-nish proling
A
Roughing
Semi-nishing
Finishing
CoroMill Plura/
inserts for higher
Peripheral location
M security
Identical inserts
inserts with sharper edges

and higher precision
Central location
Flexibility and long reach
0.05 0.05
0.08
0.10 0.12 0.15
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.10 0.10 0.16
0.20 0.24 0.30
0.30
0.40
0.50
Modular cutting heads

in combine with a variety
of shanks
D 81
Milling
CoroMill 216 Ball Nose milling cutter

General contouring and proling.
Pocketing by ramping or helical -interpolation.
Suitable for HSM, high speed machining.
Dia. 10 50 mm
Depth of cut up to 44 mm
Feed per tooth up to 0.6 mm
Self locating inserts with two cutting edges
Shank protection insert on large diameters
Permanent marking of insert and cutter body with important
product information.
Start values in feed per insert should be adjusted depending
on tool length, overall stability and engagement of the cutter.
Two effective cutting edges give smooth cutting action and up
to twice the table feed of a single edge cutter.
The M-inserts are designed for a high security level and effective transportation of the heat generated by heavy cuts.
The E-inserts are designed for highest edge sharpness and
precision.
E
Cylindrical
Weldon
Weldon
Threaded coupling
F
Morse Taper
Machines: All types

Inclination angle -10
Operations:
Proling
D 82
Ramping
Full slot milling
Milling
Main inserts
Shank protection insert
M-M
E-M

GC = Coated carbide/Cermet (ISO = HC)

CT = Cermet (ISO = HT)
= Uncoated carbide (ISO = HW)
For
cutter
dia.
Dimensions, mm
r
la
iW
r1
r2
R216-10 02 E-M
R216- 12 02 E-M
12 02 M-M
16
8
R216- 16 03 E-M
16 03 M-M
20
10
R216- 20 T3 E-M
20 T3 M-M
25
12,5 R216- 25 04 E-M
25 04 M-M
30
15
R216- 30 06 E-M
30 06 M-M
32
16
R216- 32 06 E-M
32 06 M-M
40
20
R216- 40 07 E-M
40 07 M-M
50
25
50 07 E-M
50 07 M-M
Shank protection insert
8.6
10.8
9.8
12.0
1.7
2.38
14.4
16.0
3.18
17.9
20.0
3.97
22.3
24.9
4.76
26.9
29.9
6.35
28.6
31.8
6.35
36.5
39.9
7.94
44.6
49.7
7.94
30 - 50
16.4
4.76
9.25 85
0.8
0.4
Central and peripheral

10
12
5
6
APMT 160408-M
Insert location
The insert has two cutting edges, one for periphery location and one
for central. Follow the marking on insert and cutter body.
Periphery location
Identical
inserts
Central location
Torx Plus screws have been designed to ensure

the correct torque value is always obtained.
D 83
Milling
Machining recommendations
Edge tolerance
-M
-E
5
6
8
10
12.5
15
16
20
25
1.4
1.7
2.2
3.0
3.9
3.5
3.6
3.8
0.07
0.09
0.12
0.1
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.26
5
6
8
10
12.5
15
16
20
25
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
<0.01
Machined form
The form error occuring at the centre point according to the
table is minimized by using the -E type inserts.
D3
D3 +0.07
0.23
D3 +0.0
0.20
Insert tolerances for highest precision or

highest security
The M-inserts are designed for a high security level and effective transportation of the heat generated by heavy cuts.
The new E-inserts are designed for highest edge sharpness
and precision.
Contouring
The preferred method is to use contouring. This allows the effective cutting speed to be controlled more easily, utilise higher feed rates and machine in the preferred climb mode. The
overall result being higher productivity, increased security and
longer insert life.
Copy milling
The traditional technique mainly linked to older types of copy

milling machines.
This method of production can dramatically reduce the tool life
of the inserts, caused by the heavy load on the insert centre
point. To improve the insert life it is recommended to reduce
the feed rate according to the following graph.
H
100%
100%
Typical problem area
45
90
D 84
100%
50%
20
40%
60%
45
Milling
CoroMill 216F
Ball Nose Finishing endmill
A cutter for high nish proling
A
Roughing
Semi-nishing
Carbide shank option
Finishing
CoroMill Plura/
Constant stock allows

near net shape milling
CoroGrip
D
Sharp L geometry
-L
-adds precision
HSM
P10A
10-15
Genera
P20A
Vc
Dc
G
ap
De
ve
Use Shallow axial and radial cuts for safe productivity. Always calculate
the true cutting speed (Ve) based on the effective diameter in cut (De)
D 85
Milling
CoroMill Ball Nose 216F Finishing endmill

High speed nishing to super nishing of proles is possible
with indexable insert tools. A surface nish equal to that produced by a solid carbide tool, is with the CoroMill Ball Nose
Finishing endmill equipped with Coromant P10A inserts.
The inserts are screw clamped in high security seats allowing

safe milling with high speed machining performance.
The CoroMill nishing cutter with the P10A insert is developed
for nish milling of a range of materials used for die and mould
making as well as for manufacturing of turbine blades within
the aerospace industry. Its sharp edges easily cut hardened
steel up to HRC 60 as well as stainless steel, grey or nodular
cast iron, aluminium, Kirksite and graphite.
With the CoroMill ball nose endmill series of tools, mirror nishing is possible using either smaller CoroMill Plura solid carbide
endmills from diameter 0.4 mm or larger indexable insert
cutters up to 32 mm. Both versions exist in the intermediate
diameter range from 8 up to 20 mm.
Both the CoroMill ball nose high precision cutter and CoroMill
Plura provide their optimum performance when clamped in
Coromant CoroGrip precision chucks.
By applying accurate programming techniques, the nishing cutters may, in many operations, replace conventional ball nose
endmills and greatly improve the surface quality, very often, at
ten times higher feed.
G
Dimensions, mm
Cutter Dc mm
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
32
D 86
R216F-08 24 E-L
R216F-10 26 E-L
R216F-12 30 E-L
R216F-16 40 E-L
R216F-20 50 E-L
R216F-25 60 E-L
R216F-30 70 E-L
R216F-32 70 E-L
iC
ap max
2.4
2.6
3.0
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
7.0
8
10
12
16
20
25
30
32
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.5
4.5
Milling
P10A is rst choice for:
P20A is rst choice for:
- high effective cutting speed (HSM) applications.

- contouring applications (not cutting with centre point of insert)
- hardened steels and cast iron.
- copy milling applications or all applications where the centre of the

insert is cutting (zero vc).
- machines with limited rpm (non HSM).
- non hardened materials.
- semi-nishing applications.
C
Cutting data recommendations
Cutting speed ve
m/min
Material
Cutting
depth
Feed per tooth, fz (mm/z)

Insert diameter
CMC
No
ap or ae
10
12
16
20
25
30
32
150375
125340
0.07x Dc
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
200400
180330
100300
80200
0.05x Dc
0.10-0.15
0.10-0.15
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
200
200330
100230
0.05x Dc
0.10-0.15
0.10-0.15
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
200
200
150200
120170
100200
80120
0.05x Dc
0.10-0.15
0.10-0.15
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
130
230
200450
300450
130330
100330
0.10x Dc
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
245
200400
100300
0.10x Dc
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
160
250
400500
200350
150350
100260
0.07x Dc
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
90
1000
1000
0.15x Dc
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
0.35-0.40
0.35-0.40
0.35-0.40
HB
P10A
125
150
300500
250450
175
330
P20A
Unalloyed steel
01.1
01.2
Low alloy steel
02.1
02.2
High alloy steel
03.11
M
K
05.11
05.21
Malleable cast iron
07.1
07.2
Grey cast iron
08.2
Nodular cast iron
09.1
09.2
N
S
Aluminium
30.22
Heat resistant alloys
20.22
350
4080
2060
0.03x Dc
0.10-0.15
0.10-0.15
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
350
70120
3590
0.03x Dc
0.15-0.20
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
0.30-0.35
150250
90150
75190
40110
0.03x Dc
0.10-0.15
0.10-0.15
0.15-0.20
0.20-0.25
0.20-0.25
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
0.25-0.30
Titanium alloys
23.22
Stainless steel
Hardened steel
04
04
55 HRC
63 HRC
Note: 1. fn = 2 x fz
2. When using periphery of insert, reduce the feed by 50%.
D 87
Milling
Machining recommendations
Shallow cuts provide security in high performance milling
The capability of the ball nose nishing cutter can be demonstrated by applying it to shallow depths of cut e.g. considerably
smaller axial and radial depths of cut - ap and ae - than used
in general milling with round inserts, for example when using
CoroMill 200 cutters.
Down milling is preferred method for best performance of the tool.
Cutter body selection

B
Steel shank cutter bodies are generally rst selection.

Carbide shank cutter bodies are recommended for applications
with the highest demands on precision. Carbide shank cutters
are also recommended for nishing of bi-metal surfaces.
Shallow cut allows higher table feed

C
At radial and/or axial depths of cut between 0.23 mm (depending

on insert size) both the feed per tooth and cutting speed can be
increased by up to 5 times compared with general milling, resulting in very high table feeds and metal removal rates without
any reduction of security or tool life.
For both security and tool life an effective evacuation of the
chips is essential preferably executed by compressed air.
Calculate the cutting speed

Particularly when using round insert cutters at small depths of
cut, it is always important to calculate the true cutting speed
(ve) based on the effective or true diameter in cut (De).
The De value deviates considerably from the Dc value for shallow depths of cut.
If these factors are not taken into consideration, there will be
severe miscalulations of feed rate, as this is dependant on the
spindle speed. Such miscalculations will lead to conditions in
which the nishing cutter will be operating under its capacity.
To avoid the zero cutting speed appearing at the tool centre, it
is recommended to move the cutting zone away from this area
by tilting spindle or work piece.
Compensated cutting speed, vc,

due to low ae or ap
vc
1 400
m/min 1 200
1 000
800
600
400
200
0
Effective cutting speed ( ve )

ve = n De
1000
D 88
10
ae , ap mm
m/min
Milling
CoroMill 210
Versatile cutter for both high feed milling and plunging
Highly productive roughing cutter
A
Plunge milling
High feed helical

interpolation
High feed facemilling
ap
ae
10 entering angle results in favourable

cutting forces directed towards the
spindle.
ap ae
09
14
1.2
2.0
8
13
H
D 89
Milling
CoroMill high feed facemill and plunge

milling cutter
A
The CoroMill 210 is a very productive roughing cutter. It is

suitable fo many operations where high metal removal is a
priority. The 210-cutter is rst choice especially for rough
machining involving high feed facemilling and plunge milling,
with or without long tool overhangs.
The CoroMill 210 combines a plunge mill and face mill cutter in
one tool. This is made possible through the design of the cutter body, insert seat and the inserts themselves. A ten degree
entering angle allows extreme feed rates at small axial depths
of cut when the tool is fed tangentially and also high radial
depths of cut when fed axially in roughing operations. In both
cases the major part of the cutting force is directed towards
the spindle, providing a stable cutting action practically free of
vibration or deecting side forces.
The inserts are avalible in two sizes, and have four cutting edges. The CoroMill 210 programme includes modular tools with
Coromant Capto or screw mounted couplings, as well as arbor
mounted cutters and cylindrical shank cutters.
Diameter 25 100 mm
Threaded
coupling
Cylindrical
Coromant Capto
Arbor
F
r 10
Machines: All types

Operations:
H
High-feed
milling
D 90
Plunge
milling
Shoulder
milling
Proling
Ramping
Helical
interpolation
Slot milling
Milling
High feed machining

Speed and feed values
Cutting speed,
vc (m/min)
Material
CMC
No
HB
Unalloyed steel
01.1
01.2
125
150
180 280
180 280
Low alloy steel

02.1
02.2
175
330
High alloy steel

03.11
03.21
Stainless steel
05.11
05.21
Grey cast iron
Grade
recommendations
Feed per tooth, fz (mm/z)

Insert size 9
Insert size 14
fz rec
fz min fz max
fz rec
2030
3040
1.5
1.5
(0.4 2.0)
(0.4 2.0)
2.0
2.0
(0.4 3.0)
(0.4 3.0)
150 250
120 200
3040
3040
1.5
1.0
(0.4 2.0)
(0.4 1.5)
2.0
1.5
(0.4 3.0)
(0.4 2.0)
200
300
130 220
100 180
3040
3040
1.5
1.0
(0.4 1.7)
(0.4 1.3)
2.0
1.5
(0.4 2.5)
(0.4 2.0)
200
200
150 250
140 210
2040
2040
1.5
1.0
(0.4 1.7)
(0.4 1.5)
2.0
1.5
(0.4 2.5)
(0.4 2.0)
245
130 220
4020
1.5
(0.4 2.0)
2.0
(0.4 3.0)
250
120 200
4020
1.5
(0.4 2.0)
2.0
(0.4 3.0)
350
25 35
2030
0.8
(0.6 1.2)
1.0
(0.6 1.5)
23.22
350
30 50
2030
0.8
(0.6 1.2)
1.0
(0.6 1.5)
Hardened steel
04
04
45 HRC
55 HRC
70 140
50 90
3040
3040
0.8
0.8
(0.4 1.2)
(0.4 1.2)
1.0
1.0
(0.4 1.5)
(0.4 1.5)
08.2
fz min fz max
Nodular cast iron

09.2

20.22
Titanium alloys
D
Grades
Wear resistance
Difcult
GC
2040
GC
2040
GC
4020
GC
3040
GC
2030
GC
2040
Hardened materials
40
GC
2030
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
30
GC
2030
Cast iron
GC
4020
GC
3040
20
Average
10
Steel
Conditions
Good
Stainless steel
01
E
GC
4020
GC
2030
GC
3040
50
Toughness
Grade recommendation
High feed milling
Grade
ISO
1)
Good
conditions1)
3040
2040
4020
2030
3040
Plunge milling
Grade
Difcult
conditions
2030
3040
2030
ISO
P
2040
2040
3040
2030
2030
Good conditions = recommended machining strategies are used, tool overhang = 3 Dc
D 91
Milling
Standard inserts:
R210-09 ..., max. ap 1.2 mm
R210-14 ..., max. ap 2.0 mm
CoroMill 210
A
Arbor mounting
Style
A22
A27
A32
D3
50- 72
63-102
72-127
Coromant Capto
l1
48.4-85
48.4-85
48.4-85
Size
C3
C4
C5
C6
C8
D3
25- 40
32- 50
32- 72
40- 82
50-127
l1
50-133
45-163
46-163
55-163
60-200
C
Cylindrical
shank
Weldon
Cylindrical shank for

power chuck
Size
20
25
32
D3
25-32
25-40
32-50
l2
84.4-254
90.4-254
90.4-254
Size
32
42
D3
32-50
42-63
l2
112.4-254
132.5-254
Size
20
25
32
D3
25-32
25-40
32-50
l1
85.4-229.5
94.4-218.5
90.4-222.5
Coolant holes on all cutters up to diameter 102 mm
Options
Insert size
D3
No of inserts
D 92
9, 14
9, Diameter 25-82 mm
14, Diameter 50-127 mm
28
depending on cutter diameter
and size of inserts
Mounting type
dmm/D5m
l3
l2
l1
Arbor mounting, Coromant Capto,

Cylindrical, Cylindrical power chuck
Weldon
Reach length34-192 mm
Total lengthsee above
Programming lengthsee above
Milling
High feed milling

High feed face milling with CoroMill 210 is the most productive roughing method.
Extremely high chip volumes can be removed, at feed rates far above those possible
with conventional face milling, as the cutting forces are directed towards the spindle
even when the tool is operating tangentially. This is true despite the limited depths
of cut allowed by the ten degree entering angle max 2.0 mm with the larger 14 mm
insert, and 1.2 mm with the smaller. In very favourable conditions feed per insert, fz,
up to 4 mm/tooth can be used and metal removal rate values, Q, up to 1400 cm3/min
can be achieved.
Due to the low entering angle maximum chip thickness, hex, is dramatically reduced.
This allows extremely high feed rates to be used without over-loading the inserts.
Hole
Ramping
In penetrating operations ramping is preferred. The maximum ramping angle is dependent on insert size and cutter diameter. The angle (alpha) for each cutter is
presented in table below.
B
Widening cavity
- Smooth entry and exit
- Correct strategy for machining corners
By using helical interpolation it is possible to produce a hole in a solid workpiece. This

is a good solution when required to produce large hole diameters on small machines
having limited power availability.
Helical interpolation is also one preferred method to change to new Z-level in constant
Z-level milling.
On holes larger than 50 mm this method with CoroMill 210 is comparable to the productivity of a Coromant U-drill.
Open up a cavity
iC
9
14
- Helical interpolation to reach a new

z-level
- Use correct strategy for machining
corners.
max
ap, mm
1.2
2.0
ap
F
Do not exceed max ap during high feed rate!
Cutter dia.
D3
25
32
35
36
42
50
52
52
63
63
66
66
80
82
100
iC = 9 mm
ap 1.2 mm
Insert
size
Max. ramp
angle
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
14
9
14
9
14
14
14
14
14.5
8
7.0
7.0
5.0
3.5
3.3
2.6
2.4
iC = 14 mm
ap 2 mm
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Max.
32
46
52
54
66
82
86
108
114
49
63
69
71
83
99
103
125
131
Max. ramp
angle
Hole dia. (mm)

Min.
Max.
5.8
3.8
3.2
2.4
2.0
1.6
76
98
104
132
136
172
103
125
131
159
163
199
H
When machining a at surface, maximum width of cut, ae, is determined
by Dc. If a larger width of cut is used
the cutter will produce a surface
with scallops.
D 93
Milling
High feed milling

Caution should be exercised
when high feed milling against
high shoulders. Depending
upon the tool overhang, an excessive feed rate can result in
vibrations which can damage
the periphery of the insert. The
feed rate should be reduced if
any such risk prevails.
hex = fz
hex =
fz
5.8
fz
Kr : 10
ap
Dc
De
D3
Do not exceed the max. ap value when high feed milling. Any
excess depth of cut above the
main cutting edge will result in
extreme hex-values.
If the max. recommneded value
has to be exceeded, the feed
rate should be reduced by approx. 80%.
max. ap
iC
Dc
ap
D3-14.1
0.25
Dc
Dc+2.8
14
D3-24
0.5
Dc+5.7
1.0
Dc+11.3
1.2
Dc+13.6
1.5
Dc+17.0
2.0
Dc+22.7
Machining of corners
D
Programming
CM
210
iC
CM
300
Dimensions, mm
Uncut
material
x
ap
2.5
7.05
1.2
0.79
14
3.5
12.0
2.0
1.48
When using CoroMill 210 in high feed applications, program as

a round insert cutter with insert radius R.
Special care needs to be taken when machining corners to

avoid vibration from maximum contact between cutter and material. Best practice is to program a radius by circular interpolation, considerably bigger than the cutter radius (alternatively
a cutter radius considerably smaller than corner radius). If
recommended machining strategy is not followed, reduce feed
rate by approximately 50%.
Plunge milling
Plunge milling with CoroMill 210 is the fastest way to mill away
large volumes of metal in the axial direction.
Repeated plunging of the cutter to a predetermined depth, followed by retraction and repositioning for the next plunge removes metal rapidly through overlapping passes, cutting with
the front face of the tool.
It is a highly productive method for internal milling of deep cavities, and milling externally along deep shoulders.
Compared to conventional milling using tool paths in the X-Y
plane, the increased rigidity experienced when moving in the
Z direction can allow the tool to cut through a larger cross
section of material for the same feed rate, resulting in faster
metal removal.
D 94
The considerable axial forces experienced in rough plunge milling mean that optimum performance is obtained with ISO 50
machine tools, or similar.
Milling
ae
Plunge milling
Programming
For long tool overhangs and

unstable conditions, plunge
milling might be the only possible solution.
Avoid using a drilling cycle.

Programme path to move away from the wall
prior to rapid feed.
Best performance is achieved if a smooth exit
from workpiece is programmed prior to retraction.
max recommax recommended ae, mm mended s
iC
9
14
8
13
= programme table feed

= rapid traverse
<0.75 D3
Recommended overhang
When using long tool overhangs, vibration
can occur which will be detrimental to
both the machine tool spindle bearings,
<6 Dc the tool and the quality of the nished result. CoroMill 210 reduces this risk when
rough milling as the major cutting forces
act in the Z-plane where the machine tool
spindle is generally the strongest, and is a real problem-solver
for operations where extended tooling is required.
Plunging
Feed values
Insert
size
fz mm/ tooth
iC
Starting value
min - max
0.10
0.08 - 0.15
14
0.15
0.10 - 0.20
Alternative method for milling with extra

long tools
Recommended method
Most effective plunge milling strategy.

Step, s, recommendation approximately 0.75 x D3
Recommended for L<4 x D3
For a longer tool an alternative method is
recommended.
Plunge millling with tool overhang longer than 4 x D3

Smaller engagement less risk of vibration
Gradually decrease plunge depth to minimize vibration
8
iC
L 4 x D3
Max ae
14
12
For example, the main part of a deep die can be roughed out using high feed milling
method, three-axis helical engagement for a continuous transition from one Z-level to
another and two axis pocketing (constant Z-level) leaving corner radii larger than cutter
radius.
The corners can, thereafter, be roughed out using a plunge milling method.
Due to the nature of these two CoroMill cutters they can often be combined for one
and the same workpiece, reducing tool inventory considerably.
D 95
Milling
CoroMill Century
Facemill for non-ferrous materials

Designed for High Speed Machining
A
Steel body
High alloy
aluminium body
C
Coromant Capto, HSK or
arbor mountings
Intensified chip evacuation

by accelerated cutting fluid
HSM-security by design
0.1
Serrated location gives a very high

speed security against insert mevement
Easy micro precision seating

within 0.1 mm setting range
G
PCD and carbide insert
CD10
D 96
H10
Wiper insert option for

high feed finishing
CD10
H10
Key for correct tightening

torques delivered with the tool

Milling
CoroMill Century
Light weight cutters in aluminum and durable
steel for high speed machining of non-ferrous
metals
Cutters in larger diameters 80 to 200 mm - are arbor mounted and available in high alloy aluminium for light weight and in
hardened steel for durability, both designed for best possible
high speed performance.
Smaller cutters are manufactured in steel - either arbor mounted in diameters 50 and 63 mm or integrated with Coromant
Capto in the diameter range 40-80 mm. Alternatively HSK couplings in diameters from 40 up to 125 mm are available.
Larger cutters can be made on request with inserts mounted in
adjustable cassettes.
Close tolerances and consistent surface nish.
Delivered with built in precision which can be improved still
further by easy use of the setting screw.
Wiper insert option for superior surface nish at high
removal rate.
No burr formation.
Balanced cutter body, few parts and inserts with edges for
high speed located in serrated seats for minimum run out.
Features that contribute to the cutters excellent high speed
performance providing reduced, costly production time. Its
simplicity and easy handling also makes it possible to reduce non production delays.
To suit different
demands
caused by the
property of the
aluminium to be
machined, arbor
mounted cutters
bodies are available in aluminium and hardened steel.
- aluminium bodies for light machining.
- steel for more demanding operations and in high abrasive
aluminum.
The cutter is built up of a minimum of parts and inserts are
securely xed against radial forces.
Max. revolution per minute is marked on the cutter body.
Extremely light cutting performance with high positive
edge geometries transfer a minium load to the spindle
assembly and component xturing.
Minimal run-out contributes to smooth, stable and vibration
free cutting action.
Light weight cutter body prevents excessive load on spindle
bearings.
Easy to handle easy to use.
Indexable inserts eliminates reconditioning costs.
E
Diameter 40 200 mm
F
*)
r 90
*)
*)
Operations:
General
facemilling
Facemilling to
mirror nish
Demanding intermittent
machining
D 97
Milling
Inserts geometries and grades for CoroMill Century

PCD grade CD10
Coromant grade H10
Wiper
Wiper
B
Example:
Dimensions, mm
11
bs
Max
ap
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
0.25x45
0.4
1x45
0.25x45
0.4
1x45
0.4
2.2
2.2
1.5
2.2
2.2
1.5
2.2
2
2
2
5
5
5
10
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
0.25x45
0.4
1x45
0.4
7.0
7.0
6.3
7.0
2
2
2
2
iW
R/L590- 1105H-PS2-NL
1105H-PR2-NL
1105H-PC2-NL
1105H-PS5-NL
1105H-PR5-NL
1105H-PC5-NL
110504H-NL
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
R/L590- 1105H-RS2-NW
1105H-RR2-NW
1105H-RC2-NW
110504H-NW
11
11
11
11
BALANCE PROTOCOL
Coromill Century
nmax
Art Nr.
Mass
Unbalance
Order Nr.
Date
: 20800 rpm
: R590-125Q40A-11M
: 0.88 kg
: 8.1 gmm
: 00257433
: 03-12-17
Inserts
ISO
Non-ferrous
material
Cemented carbide
Geometry
L
Polycrystalline
diamond
Wiper
Wiper
Cutting data for CoroMill Century

G
PCD
CD10
CMC No.
Cutting speed, m/min
Feed per tooth, mm
vc
fz
min rec
Al
Al
Al
Al
alloy non cast

alloy cast
>99%
Si 13-22%
30.1
30.2
30.3
30.4
Carbide
H10
Al
Al
Al
Al
alloy non cast

alloy cast
>99%
Si 13-22%
D 98
1000
1000
1000
1000
rec
max rec
min rec
rec
max rec
4000
4000
2000
2000
8000
8000
4000
4000
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.15
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
Cutting speed, m/min
Feed per tooth, mm
vc
30.1
30.2
30.3
30.4
Corner geometries
fz
min rec
rec
max rec
min rec
rec
max rec
500
500
500
500
2500
2000
1500
750
6000
4000
3000
1500
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
PR, RR, NL, NW

First choice
PS, RS
Against burr
formation
PC, RC
Highest security
Milling
Insert edges for cutting of aluminium are very sharp and fragile.
The polycrystalline diamond PCD edges are particularly sensitive to mishandling.
Measuring equipment
All measuring procedures where the insert edges are positioned
in direct contact with the point of a dial indicator carry an inherent risk of insert damage.
The maximum acceptable contact pressure between the contact
point and the edge should not exceed 0.25N the quality provided by qualied linear gauges.
However, optical setting by projecting the cutting edge is recommended.
Setting of wiper inserts

When mounting a wiper insert, resetting is necessary since it is
manufactured to the same size as the conventional inserts and
is recommended to set 0.05 mm below the milling inserts.
Depending on the work material and whether edge frittering occurs in the workpiece, a reduction of this dimension to about
0.03 mm might be necessary.
B
High radial accuracy by design and axial by
easy setting.
The axial position of the inserts can be adjusted by an easily operated

setting screw. The maximum setting range is 0.1 mm/.004 in.
Measuring equipment.
All measuring procedures where the insert edges are positioned in direct contact
with the point of a dial indicator carry an inherent risk of insert damage.
Optical setting by projecting the cutting edge is recommended.
the insert screws (A) with Molykote included in the tool box.
Lubricate
Make sure the serrations in the insert seats are free from dirt and damage.
Insert edges for cutting of aluminium are very sharp and fragile.
The polycrystalline diamond - PCD - edges are particulary sensitive to all unskilful
handling.
The maximum acceptable contact pressure between the contact point and the
edge should not exceed 0.25N/.06 lbf - the quality provided by qualied linear
gauges.
Keep the serrations dry.

the inserts.
Mount
Make sure the correct corner geometry has been selected.
Tighten the insert screw to 3Nm/26.6 lbf.in using the Torx Plus torque key
included in the tool box.
using the measuring equipment, the position of the parallel land of each
Check,
insert.
the highest positioned insert.

Determine
Raise the position of this insert by approximately ve microns/.02 in, by turning
the adjusting screw (B) carefully clockwise.
Zero set the indicator at this level.

Adjust the position of all remaining inserts to this zero level in same way as
indicated above.
If the zero position is exceeded, return to a level of about ve microns/.02 in
below zero and repeat the setting again.
G
C
Indexing inserts/Changing to new inserts.

Untighten the setting screw.
Undo the insert screw and remove the insert.
When changing to new PCD inserts, always change to new insert screws.
Setting of the wiper insert.

When using a wiper insert, resetting of the system is normally required.
Setting follows the same procedure as given above.
The parallel land of the wiper insert should be adjusted to a level 0.05
mm/.002 in below the zero position of the conventional inserts.
Depending on the workpiece material and whether edge frittering occurs in the
workpiece, a reduction of this dimension to about 0.03 mm/.001 in might be
necessary.
A CoroMill Century cutter with inserts mounted should always be protected with
the cover (C) included in the package see g. 6 when not in use.
D 99
Milling
CoroMill Century inserts

A
CD03, CD10, CD30, H10, H13A, 1025, K20W, 4020

CD03 Fine grained. Recommended when sharp edges are needed.
CD10 Medium grained. First choice.
CD30 Course grained. Recommended for extremely abrasive materials.
H10
Uncoated fine grained carbide gives excellent sharp edges
H13A Uncoated carbide for medium to finishing milling of

aluminium alloys
1025 PVD-coated carbide grade for light milling of steel
K20W Coated carbide for milling under wet conditions of gray cast iron
4020 Coated carbide grade for light milling of cast iron
Only radius options on
HM-inserts.
Std; Rb0 = 200

A1 ; Rb0 = 80
A2 ; Rb0 = 40
D
A3 ; = 5
Wiper
Std; Rb0 = 500

A1 ; Rb0 = 300
A2 ; Rb0 = 100
Options
Insert grade
CD03, CD10, CD30, H10, H13A, 1025, K20W,

4020
Axial depth of
cut ap
ap Max = 2.0 / 5.0 / 9.0 / 10.0 mm
Corner
modication
R = Radius, S = Sharp or C = Chamfer
Corner radius R
Chamfer C
Negative land on
main cutting edge
D 100
Radius: r = 0.2 - 2.8 mm

Height: ch = 0.1 - 2.0 mm
( Angle: = 45 )
Y = Yes or N = No
ER treatment
Small, Medium, Large
Parallell land,
radius and type
Negative land on
parallell land
N = No
Std / A1 / A2 / A3
Length of
parallell land
Length Bs= 0.1 - 7.5 mm
Hand of tool
R = Right or L = Left
Y = Yes or N = No
Milling
CoroMill 790
Shoulder milling cutters for non ferrous materials
High Speed Machining performance
with high security
Insert size 22 mm
Insert size 16 mm
Torque wrench to be
ordered separately
Torque wrench delivered

together with the tool
Ground
for precision
Serrated location reduces effect

of inset tolerances by half
16
r = 0,5 0,8 1,6 2,0 2,4 3,1 4,0
5,0
mm
22
r = 0,5 0,8 1,6 2,0 2,4 3,1 4,0 4,8 5,0 6,0 6,4
mm

D 101
Milling
CoroMill 790
Shoulder milling cutter for non-ferrous materials
The CoroMill 790 cutter is rst choice for ISO N material. For
shoulder operations as a super remover is designed designed, for high security demands and also high precision
work.
The cutter is available in two insert sizes
large, 22 mm inserts for extreme metal removal rates in machines with very high power.
and a smaller version with 16 mm inserts for machines with
somewhat moderate spindle power.
The inserts and its support faces are designed for high centrifugal forces generated at excessive speeds. The unique, serrated design is the most reliable on the market provided
the insert screws are tightened correctly.
The design guarantees accurate location of the cutting edges
and practically eliminates the effect of the insert tolerances
and the resulting run out.
This design also allows the tool to take up forces from all
directions and to perform high ramping operations without
feed reductions.
As no contact points against the insert seats are required to
support the inserts, it has been possible to give these an
open location for undisturbed chip ow at heavy cuts.
The stiff cutter body is hardened before machining a guarantee for maintained precision.
The CoroMill 790 cutter concept is primarily developed to full
the extreme demands from manufacturers of frame components for the aerospace industry, but will also satisfy die and
mould makers for milling deep cavities and

in prototyping and other industries manufacturing pockets and
cavities.
However, although developed for aluminium, the concept is
also suitable for Kirksite and other non ferrous materials.
To take best advantage,
this tool is most effectively used for roughing
to nish ramping and
circular interpolation in
a helix form. It generates deep straight shoulders with minimal mismatch. CoroMill 790 is extremely good for boring operations,
both roughing and nishing.
Besides its capability for safe, high speed machining, the cutter
is also a power effective tool, capable of high metal removal
rates per kW.
HSK tool mounting = rst choice for machines with HSK interface
in spindle.
(Other mountings, see CoroMill 390)
Diameters 25 100 mm
G
r 90
Operations:
Repeated
shoulder milling
D 102
Shoulder
milling
Facemilling
Slot milling
Helical
interpolation
Ramping
Plunge milling
Helical boring
Milling
Inserts
25 (R790-22)
20 (R790-16)
ISO
Insert
size, mm
Cemented carbide
Insert geometry
M
16
Aluminum
22
Medium -NM
The cutter is available in two insert sizes

16
r =
0.5
0.8
1.6
2.0
2.4
3.1
4.0
0.8
1.6
2.0
2.4
3.1
4.0
5.0
(mm)
22
r =
0.5
4.8
5.0
6.0
6.4 (mm)
large, 22 mm inserts for extreme metal removal rates in machines with

very high power.
and a smaller version with 16 mm inserts for machines with somewhat
moderate spindle power.
The inserts and its support faces are designed for high centrifugal forces generated at excessive speeds. The unique (pat.pend.), serrated
design is the most reliable on the market provided the insert screws
are tightened correctly.
The design guarantees accurate location of the cutting edges and practically eliminates the effect of the insert tolerances and the resulting
run out.
This design also allows the tool to take up forces from all directions and
to perform high ramping operations without feed reductions.
As no contact points against the insert seats are required to support
the inserts, it has been possible to give these an open location for undisturbed chip ow at heavy cuts.
The stiff cutter body is hardened before machining a guarantee for
maintained precision.
Recommended feeds
hex, fz ( feed in mm/tooth)
Insert
size
Insert geometry
16
Medium
H-NM
0.3
22
Medium
H-NM
0.6
F
16
22
Starting value
16
22
3 Nm
5 Nm
16
22
> 3 Nm
> 5 Nm
OK
Torque:
Insert size 16
Insert size 22
< 3 Nm
< 5 Nm
3 Nm
5 Nm
Warning!
At elevated rpms, the weight of insert and clamping elements
increase rapidly, all manufacturing at high speed therefore, should
only take place in a well protected machine tool set up.
Make sure before mounting the insert, that the insert and its seat
are in perfect condition and free from burrs or any particles which
may seriously affect the clamping arrangement.
Correct insert clamping is received by tightening the 16 mm screw

to a torque of 3 Nm and the 22 mm insert to 5 Nm.
Note: A 19 gram insert weighs 350 kg at 37500 rpm!
D 103
Milling
Helical interpolation and ramping for pocketing

and cavity milling
Blind or through hole
lm =
ap
tan
Pitch
A
P = Max ap
Ramping
Depending on the diameter of the cutter
a ramping angle of up to 28 degrees can
be used.
Cutter diameter
Dc, mm
Ramping angle 1)
max
ap
Minimum 2)
distance
lm
For wider pockets, helical interpolation
can be an advantage.
Preferably apply down milling.
Hole diameter 1)
Max pitch
(mm/rev)
D max
(mm)
D min
(mm)
Max pitch
(mm/rev)
Insert size 16
25
32
36
40
44
50
54
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
19
13
11
9
8
7
6
45.7
66.0
78.1
89.5
101.4
118.7
130.8
49.8
63.8
71.8
79.8
87.8
99.8
107.8
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
16
13
12
9
9
7
7
5
74.2
84.0
100.6
111.7
134.7
141.8
176.8
188.6
233.6
79.8
87.8
99.8
107.8
125.8
131.8
159.8
167.8
199.8
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
28.8
42.8
50.8
58.8
66.8
78.8
86.8
4.32
8.15
9.29
10.20
10.83
11.59
11.92
Insert size 22
40
44
50
54
63
66
80
84
100
51
59
71
79
97
103
131
139
171
11.50
13.69
15.72
16.69
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
18.00
1) Maximal ramping angle, valid for min. corner radius, 0.5 mm. See diagram below for other radii.
2) Maximum and maximum ap
Ramping angle
Maximum linear ramping angle

The curves in the diagram are valid for
min. and max, radii. For intermediate radii, please interpolate.
30
r = 0.5 mm
r = 6.35 mm
25
20
r = 0.5 mm
r= 5.0 mm
15
10
5
= Insert size 22
0
= Insert size 16
D 104
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
Tool diameter, mm
Milling
CoroMill R790 Al endmill

Cylindrical
power chuck
Cylindrical
Standard insert,
R790 22 ..., r= 0.5-6.4 mm
in steps of 0.1 mm
Weldon
Coromant Capto
Size
25
32
40
50
1
11/4
11/2
2
Dc
38 - 50
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -100
38 - 50
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -101.6
HSK type A/C
Size
32
42
Dc
38 -65
38 -80
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Size
25
32
40
50
1
11/4
11/2
2
Dc
38 - 50
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -100
38 - 50
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -101.6
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
Size
C4
C5
C6
C8
Dc
38 - 51
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -127
D
Cat V 50
Size
50
63
80
100
Dc
38 - 65
38 - 80
38 -101.6
38 -150
Style
A16
A22
A27
A32
A3/4
A1
A11/4
A11/2
Dc
52 - 64
57 -105
60 -125
66 -165
57 - 84.5
60 -118.6
86 -165
72 -200
Style
B27
B32
B40
B1
B11/4
B11/2
Dc
78 -125
85 -165
95 -200
75 -118.6
86 -165
100 -200
F
Size
50
Dc
38 -150
Options
Insert size
Dc
Pitch type
zn
Mounting
type
dmm/D5m
22
38 200 mm
Even
25
Cylindrical, Cylindrical power chuck, Weldon,
Coromant Capto, HSK-A/C, Arbor mounting,
Cat V 50
l3
l2
l1
Coolant hole
Balance
Total length 105 409 mm
Programming length 49 mm 3 Dc or 150 mm
Available for all except arbor coupling
Always for HSK-A/C, Cat V 50
Available for all coupling types
D 105
Milling
CoroMill 331
Multi-purpose side and face milling cutter
High precision capability
A
Full slot
Cassette version
Half side
ap = <14 mm
ap = 6-26.5 mm
C
Double half side
Tailor Made
Full slot
Fixed pocket version
Wide setting
range
ap
ap = 6-10 mm
ISO application
areas:
Geometries:
-L
-M
-H
mm
General
-NL

D 106
Milling
CoroMill 331 side and face milling cutter

The CoroMill 331 is a Multi-purpose side and face cutter with
high-precision capability for numerous operations.
Feed per tooth up to 0.4 mm per edge.
Easy chip ow due to wide open pockets.
Secure insert geometries and grades, optimized by application,
Long lasting cutter body with precision that resists heavy loads.

Permanent marking of insert and cutter body.
Spring loaded cassettes make setting easy, fast and accurate.
Recommended start values for speed and feeds on the insert
box.
Increased productivity as more inserts are used on the same

diameter. No cassettes.
General slotting and parting off.

Boring by helical interpolation.
Back facing capability.
Wide setting range.
Vast programme of corner radii.
Round inserts for high and safe metal removal.
Insert for all materials. New geometry, -NL, for aluminium machining and ISO S materials.
Cutter bodies machined from hardened steel resulting in close

tolerances and high strength.
Spring loaded cassettes give minimal insert run-out and
therefore equal cutting conditions for all inserts. Giving
predictable and long tool-life.
Delivered to specications within 0.01 mm width.
Operations:
Slotting
Gang milling
Parting off
Double half side milling
Back facing
Square shoulder
milling
Boring
Facing
More information on the

next page
D 107
Milling
Applications
Full side
Half side
Radius
Full side
Fixed pocket
up to
114.5 mm
up to
34.0 mm
r 0.5-6.35
6.00 26.5 mm
0.01
Full side and facemill

Diameter 80 315 mm
Bore with keyway
Positive rake
Width 6.012.0 mm
Width 12.026.5 mm
6.00 10 mm
0.1
Arbor
Varilock
Cylindrical
Effective number
of teeth:
z
zc = n
2
Inclination angle: 5
Top rake angle: -WM 0
-WL +5
Effective number
of teeth:
zc = zn
ISO A
D 108
ISO B
ISO C
Milling
Half side and facemill
Bore with keyway
Diameter 80 315 mm
Max. axial depth 7.6 mm
Cylindrical
Arbor
Positive rake
Varilock
ISO A
Effective number
of teeth: zc = zn
ISO B
Arbor
Bore with keyway
Diameter 80 315 mm
Positive rake
ISO A
ISO B
Effective number
of teeth: zc = zn
ISO C
Double half side and facemill
Arbor
Diameter 200 315 mm

Bore with keyway
Positive rake
Width 27.2 33.8 mm
Effective number
of teeth:
z
zc = n
2
ISO C
Full side and facemill with xed pockets

Diameter 40 125 mm
Cylindrical
G
Bore with keyway
Positive rake
Width 6 10 mm
D 109
Milling
Insert and grades for CoroMill 331

Productivity booster
M
Medium
ap = 10.12 and 16-mm
Heavy
Light
Dc = 82202 mm
(Dc = 82550 mm Tailor Made)
Reinforced cutting
edge
Extra positive
General use in most

materials.
NL
Light machining.
Low cutting forces.
Low feed rates.
Heavy machining.
High feed rates.
Light
Roughing at high metal removal rates with the strong round

CoroMill 200 insert and the stable and reliable CoroMill 331 is
an unbeatable combination.
Bottom prole after milled slot

C
When adjusting a cutter, using inserts

with the larger corner radius towards
its lower setting range, the shape of the
groove may receive a small notch at the
intersection between corner radius and
bottom of the groove.
Aluminium insert and ISO S

Geometry -NL for improved surface nish and reduced burr formation in aluminium and sticky materials. The sharp edge gives
extra low cutting forces, benical for weak and difcult-to-clamp
components.
Recommended feed
Insert geometry
LIGHT
Radius
1.52
2.29
3.05
4.83
6.35
Min. width of groove

A radius larger than 1.54 mm
needs a cassette justied to
the insert.
MEDIUM
Insert size
5
6.15
6.90
8.75
11
10.75
HEAVY
15.53
17.05
Insert size
Starting value
(min max.)
PL, ML, KL,

NL, WL
04. 05
08. 11. 14
0.05
0.06
(0.02 0.15)
(0.03 0.15)
PL, KL
10. 12. 16
0.11
(0.07 0.17)
PM, MM,
KM, WM
04. 05
08. 11. 14
0.07
0.09
(0.04 0.18)
(0.05 0.20)
PM, MM,
KM, WM
10. 12. 16
0.24
(0.10 0.28)
PH, MH,
KH, WH
10. 12. 16
0.35
(0.10 0.42)
G
Wear resistance
Difcult
Toughness
D 110
50
SM
30
GC
4040
GC
2030
CT
530
GC
2040
GC
3020
H13A
GC
3040
H10
GC1025
H13A
GC
1025
H10F
Hardened materials
40
Steel
30
GC
4030
GC
1025
Heat resistant and

titanium alloys
CT
530
GC
1025
GC
4020
10
20
Average
conditions
Cast iron
Stainless steel
01
Good
CT
530
GC
1025
Milling
Reduced cutting edge length for standard insert,

size 08.
Reduced cutting edge length gives less overlapping which
leads to better chip control and up to 10% lower power
consumption for the machine.
4.4
1.4
08
06
A
The CoroMill 331 inserts have a 1.2 mm
parallel land.
p : 11
p : 11
1.2 mm
0.2
20
M
5
r : 0.8
15
C
r : 0.8
D
The rake angle of the L-geometry insert is +5, when mounted in cutter.
The rake angle of the M-geometry insert is 0, when mounted in the cutter.
H
The 331 side and facemilling cutters machine true 90 degree
angles, as illustrated in the above diagram. the machined angles it can performe. The Y-axis is the cutter diameter (D in mm)
and the X-axis is the machined angle in degrees.
D 111
Milling
A comprehensive programme of standard and Tailor Made inserts

for the manufacturing of all types of grooves as well as shoulders,
backfaces and bores
A
04
-CM (ap 6.0 - 8.0)

-DM (ap 8.0 - 10.0)
-EM (ap 1.0 - 12.0)
-KM (ap 15.0 - 17.5)
-QM (ap 20.5 - 23.5)
ap
05
08
11
14
6.0
8.0
10.0
15.0
20.5
-CM
-DM
-EM
-KM
-QM
8.0
10.0
12.0
17.5
23.5
-FM
-LM
-RM
15.0
20.5
26.5
-FM (ap 12.0 - 15.0)

-LM (ap 17.5 - 20.5)
-RM (ap 23.5 - 26.5)
0.5
04
ap
asp
05
08
a
asp ? p +0,2
2
r
l
14
D 112
11
0.8
1.52
2.29
3.05
4.83
6.35
Milling
Light
Light -NL
Medium
Light
Medium
Heavy
Radius WL

H = Highest edge sharpness and higher precision
Ordering code
Tolerances
H, E and M
04
05
LIGHT
08
11
14
N331.1A- 04 35 05H-PL
04 35 05E-KL
04 35 05H-WL
04 35 05H-ML
04 35 05H-NL
R/L331.1A-04 35 15H-WL
04 35 23H-WL
N331.1A- 05 45 08H-PL
05 45 08E-KL
05 45 08H-WL
05 45 08H-ML
05 45 08H-NL
R/L331.1A-05 45 15H-WL
05 45 23H-WL
05 45 30H-WL
N331.1A- 08 45 08H-PL
08 45 08E-KL
08 45 08H-WL
08 45 08H-ML
08 45 08H-NL
R/L331.1A-08 45 15H-WL
08 45 23H-WL
08 45 30H-WL
N331.1A- 11 50 08H-PL
11 50 08E-KL
11 50 08H-WL
11 50 08H-ML
11 50 08H-NL
R/L331.1A-11 50 15H-WL
11 50 23H-WL
11 50 30H-WL
11 50 48H-WL
11 50 63H-WL
N331.1A- 14 50 08H-PL
14 50 08E-KL
14 50 08H-WL
14 50 08H-ML
14 50 08H-NL
R/L331.1A-14 50 15H-WL
14 50 23H-WL
14 50 30H-WL
14 50 48H-WL
14 50 63H-WL

CT = Cermet (ISO = HT)
Dimensions, mm
la
l
iW
bs
r
0.5
1.52
2.29
4.6
5.1
9.5
3.50
0,4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.2
5.1
9.5
3.50
0.4
5.7
6.5
6.5
7.7
8.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
2.9
2.9
3.6
8.5
9.5
3.6
10.7
11.5
11.5
4.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
0.9
1.2
1.2
1.3
0.8
1.52
2.29
3.05
1.52
2.29
3.05
4.83
6.35
0.8
11.5
11.5
4.6
13.7
14.5
11.5
4.6
1.2
0.8
1.52
2.29
3.05
4.83
6.35
14.5
11.5
4.6
0.8
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.52
2.29
3.05
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.0
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.5
1.2
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
iC
10
RCHT
10 T3 M0-PL
10 T3 M0-KL
10 T3 M0-ML
10
3.97
12
RCHT
12
4.76
16
RCHT
12 04 M0-PL
12 04 M0-KL
12 04 M0-ML
16 06 M0-PL
16 06 M0-KL
16 06 M0-ML
16
6.35
D 113
Milling
CoroMill 331 with cassettes
Insert radius area
Side and facemilling with precision and productivity
The design with serrations and wedge locking of the cassette gives high precision in
setting and high productivity with reliability.
The screw mounted insert together with wide open pockets gives good chip ow even
in deep slots. The ve insert sizes together with the modular design provide scope to
build many different styles of cutters.
There are many as standard, but the Tailor Made option offers a greater variety of
cutters.
Dc = 80315 mm
CM ap = 6.0 8.0 mm
DM ap = 8.0 10.0 mm
EM ap = 10.0 12.0 mm
FM ap = 12.0 15.0 mm
KM ap = 15.0 17.5 mm
LM ap = 17.5 20.5 mm
QM ap = 20.5 23.5 mm
RM ap = 23.5 26.5 mm
Full slot
A
B
C
D
E
Radius
0.20 - 1.54
1.55 - 2.60
2.61 - 3.50
3.51 - 4.50
4.51 - 5.50
5.51 - 6.50
Mod*
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
* Tool body modif.
Dc = 80 315 mm
(Dc = 80 550 mm Tailor Made)
Full slot with

radius
r = 0.20 1.54
A r = 1.55 2.60
B r = 2.61 3.50
C r = 3.51 4.50 (TM)
D r = 4.51 5.50
E r = 5.51 6.50
ap = 6.026.5 mm
Dc = 80315 mm
Recommendations for full slot milling with round inserts

Max axial depth of cut (ap) = insert size (iC)
Max radial depth of cut (ae) = ap
Note!
The contact length of the cutting
edge is 180
Half side
zeff =
iC
zn
2
0.02
For slots deeper than iC a 0.5 mm

adjustment of each cassette is recommended. This will widen the groove
0.5+0.5 mm and reduce the contact
length for each insert to 90.
Insert size 08
asp = 7.6 mm
Insert size 11
asp = 10.6 mm
Dc= 200315 mm
Cutter diameter
Dc 200250 mm
aBp= 27.230.2 mm
Double half side
Cutter diameter
Dc 315 mm
aBp = 30.833.8 mm
H
ae = 80% of iW
D 114
Recommendations when machining with helical interpolation:

The radial depth of cut ae should not exceed 80% of the iW on the insert.
Recommended start value for axial feed is 0.02 mm/tooth.
The interpolation feed in axial direction must not exceed the axial width ap of the cutter.
If a good surface nish is required use half side cutters. Do not exceed asp.
Milling
Gangmilling staggered
Displaced mounting
Gangmilling
B
Gangmilling
Gangmilling is a milling operation where more than one slot in
the workpiece is machined at the same time.
Displaced mounting
For CoroMill 331, double keyways are available in cutter diameters 125 mm with an axial width of 10-15 mm and cutter diameters 160 and upward in all axial widths. Bores with keyways,
mounting diameter 40 and larger, have double keyways and can
therefore be displaced when they are gang mounted.
Displacing the cutters half a pitch in relation to each other is

useful to avoid vibration. It also reduces the need for a ywheel.
Square shoulder milling

CoroMill side and facemilling can in many cases be an alternative when milling square shoulders:
90
ra : 0.2
When a large depth of cut is needed.

For different corner chamfers.
For different corner radii.
When a 90 corner is required.
Good surface nishes (Ra 0.2) can be achieved in stable
conditions in S/F milling.
Shoulder-milling with S/F mill.
r : 0.2 - 6.35
Rotation
L
A
Right - hand R
R331.52 ......... R
Rotation
Left - hand
L
L331.52 ......... R
Right - hand R
R331.52 ......... L
Left - hand
L
L331.52 ......... L
Right - hand
R331.52
Left - hand
L331.52
A= Facing, B= Backfacing, C= Facing, D= Backfacing.
H
Left - hand
L331.52
Right - hand
R331.52
Change cassettes for different directions.
D 115
Milling
Recommendations for cutting depth and feed

per tooth
As a rule of thumb the CoroMill 331 cutters will machine to a
depth of four times the width. Deeper than four times the width
the cutter has to be optimized.
100%
40%
Smaller ae
ae (40 %)
Larger ae
Increase fz
Recommended fz
mm/tooth
Decrease fz
Standard cutters mounted together for wider slots

Cutters mounted with bore having a keyway can be adjusted so
they can be mounted together to machine wider slots. In order
to mount the cutters together the hub on one side of each cutter has to be ground as shown in the adjoining picture.
Two standard cutters mounted together. Cutter (1) has the hub
as standard on the left side and the hub is ground on the cutter
right side. Cutter (2) is reversed and has the hub as standard
on its right side and the hub is ground on the left side. In the
middle (1+2) the cutters are mounted together with the ground
hubs facing each other. The hubs should be ground until 1.2
mm is left. The inserts should be set 0.9 mm out from the
ground hub, to overlap correctly.
CoroMill 331 with cassettes

Security pin control
for safe performance
within the total setting range
Insert size
04
05
08
11
14
6.0
8.0
10.0
15.0
20.5
-CM
-DM
-EM
-KM
-QM
Max. width
8.0
10.0
12.0
17.5
23.5
Min. width
8.0
10.0
12.0
17.5
23.5
Groove width (ap )

Min. width
Cutter widths, mm
-CM
-DM
-EM
-KM
-QM
Wide application area

2.0 or 3.0 mm depending on size
of cutter.
(ap 6.0 - 8.0)

(ap 8.0 - 10.0)
(ap 10.0 - 12.0)
(ap 15.0 - 17.5)
(ap 20.5 - 23.5)
Cutter widths, mm
For the total programme for full side and face

cutters 6.0 26.5 mm slot widths, use only
ve insert sizes.
D 116
-FM (ap 12.0 - 15.0)

-LM (ap 17.5 - 20.5)
-RM (ap 23.5 - 26.5)
Max. width
-FM
15.0
-LM
20.5
-RM
26.5
Milling
Mounting instruction for CoroMill 331 S/F, when cutter has been taken
apart completely, due to cleaning or repair.
1.
Grease both ends of wedge screws with Molykote 1000.
2.
Fasten screw 1 turn from underneath the wedge.
3.
Fasten all wedges in the cutter body, without tightening

them.
4.
Grease insert screws with Molykote 1000.
5.
Fasten all insert screws, 3-5 turns in the cassettes.
6.
Mount all cassettes.
7.
Make sure that cassettes are as far down as possible in

the seat.
8.
Make sure that all the cassettes are evenly positioned,

with the wedges within +/-0.1 axially.
9.
Tighten wedge screws with the correct torque (6Nm).

Cutters with a diameter smaller than 110 mm (5Nm).
A
Wedge and screw.
Wedge mounting.
10. Make sure that none of the screws protrude any of the
wedges.
11. On cutters of diameter 127 mm or smaller, ensure that
none of the screws are protruding beyond the bore.
12. Loosen all wedge screws.
Cassette mounting.
Ready for dimensional

setting.
13. Tighten all wedge screws to the correct torque (4Nm).

Cutters with a diameter smaller than 110 mm (3Nm).
14. The cutter is now ready for dimensional setting.
Setting instructions for CoroMill 331 side and facemilling cutters

F
Mounting the insert

Clean the insert seat thoroughly before commencing. Ensure
contact against the bottom of the face of the seat, then tighten
the screw. Apply Molykote 1000 to screw before re-using.
The CoroMill side and facemill is easy to preset and the accuracy of the presetting is only limited by the available equipment.
It is recommended to use a micro-indicator or to preset the 331
S/F mill in a projector.
Use this formula to calculate the height of the gauge-block combination when setting the micro-indicator.
Zero setting of micro-indicator:
E+ap
2
E = Total width of cutter over hub

ap = Cutting width
D 117
Milling
1. Loosen the screw half a turn.

2. Push the cassette by hand so that it protrudes above the
cutter body.
3. Place the cutter on the surface plate. Locate the at contact
point of the micro-indicator onto the parallel land of the insert.
4. Tap the cassette carefully until the micro-indicator shows zero.
5. Fasten the screw.
6. Repeat the procedure, compensate for the movement and
tighten the screw to correct torque. Tighten torque for cutter
diameter:
80-100 = 5Nm
125-315 = 6Nm
To avoid distortion of the 80 mm diameter cutter, the mounting
should be performed in three steps:
a: Basic tightening of all screws.
b: Second tightening to 4 Nm.
c: Final tightening to 5 Nm.
1. Loosen the screw half a turn.

2. Distribute the protrusion evenly on both sides of the cutter.
3. Eliminate the axial run-out on the front side of the cutter by
pushing the cassette to the zero point.
4. Fasten the screws.
To avoid disortion of the 80 MM cutter, the mounting should be

performed in three steps:
a: Basic tightening of all screws.
b: Second tightening to 4 Nm.
C: Final tightening to 5 Nm.
5. Set the back side of the cutter to required tool width.
One keyway
Position of the keyways for standard, Tailor Made and special 331
S/F milling cutters.
Cutters with a diameter smaller than 124 mm and insert size 04, 05 or 08
and cutters with a diameter smaller than 140 mm and insert size 11 or
14, have one keyway.
D 118
Two keyways
Cutters with a diameter larger than 124 mm and insert size 04, 05 or 08,
and cutters with a diameter larger than 140 mm and insert size 11 or 14,
have two keyways.
The distance between the keyways is 180 minus half a pitch.
Milling
CoroMill 331 side and facemilling cutter

Cutter type
Double half
side and facemill
Insert
size
Cutter
diameter
Radius
corner
bf
ap
EL
aBp
04
05
80-400
80-400
0.2-2.6
0.2-3.05
0.2-1.3
0.2-1.5
C = 6-8
D = 8-10
9.5-45
9.5-45
13.2-45
16.8-45
08
80-550
0.2-4.0
0.2-2.0
9.5-45
21-45
11
100-550
0.2-6.5
0.2-2.0
12.6-45
27.5-45
14
100-550
0.2-6.5
0.2-2.0
16.9-45
35.8-45
9.52
10
12
12.7
16
82-550
82-550
82-550
82-550
102-550
4.76
5
6
6.35
8
E = 10-12
F = 12-15
K = 15-17.5
L = 17.5-20.5
Q = 20.5-23.5
R = 23.5-26.5
9.52
10
12
12.7
16
9.5-45
9.5-45
11.5-45
11.5-45
14.4-45
21-45
21-45
25-45
25-45
30.6-45
Dc
Chamfer
corner
Cutter width
Mounting type
Bore with
keyway
Arbor mounting
27, 32, 40,

50, 60, 80
A16, A22, A27

B27, B32, B40
C40, C60
Varilock
50, 63, 80
Weldon
20, 25, 32, 40, 50
Cylindrical
power chuck
32, 42
Options
Cutter type
Dc
C/E/P, see above
Mounting type/size
F/B
Insert edge
shape and size
Diameter 80550 mm
04, 05, 08, 11, 14, 9.52, 10, 12, 12.7, 16
Design
ap/EL/aBp
Cutter width/setting range See above
E/S/L
Chip pocket size Extra small (E),

Standard (S), Large (L)
Pitch type
ar
l3
l1
l2
See above
Facing (F), Backfacing (B)

Radial depth of cut 20.7226 mm
Reach length 563 mm + cutter width
Programming length 31.5134.4 mm
Overall length 131.5164.4 mm
D 119
Milling
Chip pocket size

Extra small (E)
Standard (S)
Large (L)
Chip pocket size depending on ar and workpiece material
Pitch type
Even
Differential normally has fewer inserts compared to even
Differential
Max number of effective inserts, zc
Half side and facemill, E and

Double half side and facemill, P
Full side and facemill, C

Cutter dia
Insert size
04/05/08
9.52/10/12/12.7
Dc
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
550
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
24
3
4
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
19
20
21
22
22
Cutter dia
Chip pocket size

L
E
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
14
15
16
16
17
18
18
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
21
Insert size
04/05/08
9.52/10/12/12.7
11/14
16
S
Dc
3
4
4
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
17
18
18
4
5
5
6
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
12
12
13
14
14
14
15
15
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
340
360
380
400
420
440
460
480
500
520
540
550
6
8
10
12
14
16
17
19
21
23
25
26
28
30
32
34
36
37
39
41
43
45
46
48
49
6
8
9
11
13
14
16
17
19
21
22
24
26
27
29
31
32
34
36
37
39
41
42
44
45
11/14
16
Chip pocket size

L
E
10
12
13
15
16
17
19
20
21
23
24
25
27
28
29
31
32
33
35
36
37
6
8
9
10
12
13
14
16
17
19
20
21
23
24
25
27
28
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
28
28
29
31
31
6
8
10
12
14
15
17
18
20
22
23
25
26
28
30
31
33
34
36
38
39
41
42
43
F
Mounting type and size
Mounting type
Style
Size
Cutter diameter
Max
cutter
width
dmm
D4
min
D21
Bore with keyway
27
32
40
50
60
80
80
91
100
113
128
153.2
150
205
250
315
550
550
82
93
102
115
130
155.2
152
207
252
317
550
550
20.5
20.5
45
45
45
45
Arbor mounting
(acc. to ISO 6462)
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
C
C
C
16
22
27
32
27
32
40
40
60 dhc1
60 dhc1+dhc2
80
80
80
85.4
98
107.7
109.9
140.1
180.4
274.4
102
130
160
205
205
205
315
550
550
550
82
82
82
87.4
100
109.7
111.9
142.1
182.4
276.4
104
132
162
207
207
207
317
550
550
550
15
20.5
26.5
45
26.5
45
45
45
45
45
29
33.5
35.5
42.5
54
64
76
96
136
231
38
46
54
64
54
64
76
96
136
231
D 120
Milling

Mounting type
Size
Cutter diameter
D5m/dmm
Max
cutter
width
D4
min
Varilock
50
63
80
80-102
80-130
80-160
82-104
82-132
82-162
15
20.5
20.5
30
43
60
Weldon
20
25
32
40
50
80-102
80-102
80-102
80-130
80-130
82-104
82-104
82-104
82-132
82-132
15
15
15
15
15
20
20
20
30
30
Cylindrical
32
42
80-102
80-102
82-104
82-104
15
15
30
30
Radial depth of cut ar, not valid for bore with keyway
Figure 1
Figure 3
Figure 2
D
Recommended ar value gives a cutter body as shown in gure 1
Calculation of required ar gives cutter bodies as shown in gures 2 and 3
Calculation of required ar
ar =
Dc D4
2
Example: Calculation of max ar for 550 mm

cutter with Arbor mounting C40
Calculation of max ar
ar max =
Dc D4 min
2
ar max =
550 96
2
= 226 mm
Min ar
Insert size
Chip pocket size
04/05/08
9.52/10/12/12.7
E
S
L
ar min
20.7
20.7
23.2
11/14
16
S
25.7 25.7
F
L
28.5
Reach length (l3)

Not needed if ar = recommended
Programming length (l1)
Not required for bore with keyway or
cylindrical shank
l3 min = Cutter width + 5

l3 max = Cutter width + 63
l1
Arbor mounting
minmax
31.5134.4
Varilock
53.5128.5
G
Weldon
78.5124.4
Depending on diameter, cutter width and mounting size
Overall length (l2)

Only for cylindrical shank
l2
Cylindrical
minmax
131.5164.4
D 121
Milling
CoroMill 331 with xed pockets

A
Cutter type
Insert
size
Cutter
diameter
Dc
Radius
corner
r
Chamfer
corner
bf
Cutter width
ap
EL
04
38-205
0.2-2.6
0.2-1.3
C = 6-7.99
9.5-25
05
38-205
0.2-3.05
0.2-1.5
D = 8-9.99
9.5-25
08
38-205
0.2-4.0
0.2-2.0
E = 10-11.99
F = 12-14.99
9.5-25
Min E = ap+2
11
43-205
0.2-6.5
0.2-2.0
K = 15-17.49
L = 17.5-20.49
12.6-25
Max E = ap+10
14
43-205
0.2-6.5
0.2-2.0
Q = 20.5-23.49
R = 23.5-26.5
16.9-25
Width over hub

E
Mounting type
E
Bore with
keyway
16, 27, 32, 40,
50, 60, 80
Arbor mounting
Coromant Capto
Varilock
Weldon
Cylindrical
A16, A22, A27, A32

B27, B32, B40
C3, C4, C5,

C6, C8
50, 63, 80
16, 20, 25,

32, 40
16, 20, 25, 32 *,

40, 42 *
F
* Power chuck dim.
Options
Cutter type
Dc
Insert edge
shape and size
ap/EL
Design
Mounting type/size
E
l1
l3
C/E, see above

Diameter 38205 mm
04, 05, 08, 11, 14
Cutter width See above
See above
Width over hub See above
Programming length 32.6160 mm
Reach length 580 mm + cutter width
l2
Coolant hole
Overall length 58.2200 mm

Yes or No (Max cutter diameter 85 mm,
only for Capto, Varilock weldon and
cylindrical shank)
Pitch type
Effective no of
teeth zc
ar
F/BF
4 - 20, (depending on pitch type
and insert size)
Radial depth of cut 1175 mm
Facing (F), Backfacing (BF)
D 122
Milling
Continued...
Pitch type
Even
Differential normally has fewer inserts compared to even
Differential
Number of effective inserts, zc
Min diameters for pitch type = Differential
Min diameters for pitch type = Even

No of effective
inserts
zc
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Insert size
04
05/08
11/14
Min diameter Dc
38
38
46
55
65
75
86
96
107
117
128
140
151
162
173
185
197
38
42
48
58
68
79
89
100
111
123
132
146
155
169
181
193
205
No of effective
inserts
04
05/08
11/14
Min diameter Dc
zc
43
47
58
71
83
96
109
123
136
150
164
179
193
-
Insert size
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
38
40
48
58
68
79
91
102
114
125
137
150
163
176
188
201
38
44
50
61
72
83
94
106
118
131
141
157
167
184
197
-
45
49
61
74
87
101
115
130
144
159
175
193
-

Mounting type
Bore with keyway
Arbor mounting
(acc. to ISO 6462)
Coromant Capto
Varilock
Style
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
Size
Size
Cutter diameter
dmm
D5m
Dc
16
27
32
40
50
60
80
16
22
27
32
27
32
40
47.9-102
62.9-150
68.9-180
76.9-205
90.9-205
105.9-205
130.9-205
50.9-102
55.4-130
57.4-160
64.4-205
75.9-205
85.9-205
97.9-205
Max
cutter
width
D21
min
D4
12
15
20
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
15
20.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
26.5
29
33.5
35.5
42.5
54
64
76
38
46
54
64
54
64
76
C3
C4
C5
C6
C8
38-102
38-130 Depending on
38-160 Capto blank
size available
38-205
38-205
12
15
20
26.5
26.5
16-32
16-40
16-50
16-63
16-80
50
63
80
38-102
38-130
38-160
15
20
20
16-50
16-63
16-80
D 123
Milling
Continued...

Mounting type
Style
Size
Cutter diameter
dmm
D5m
Dc
Max
cutter
width
D21
min
D4
Weldon
16
20
25
32
40
38- 52
38- 65
38- 80
38-102
38-102
8
10
12
15
15
16-16
16-20
16-25
16-32
16-40
Cylindrical and
cylindrical power
chuck
16
20
25
32
40
42
38- 52
38- 65
38- 80
38-102
38-102
38-102
8
10
12
15
15
15
16-16
16-20
16-25
16-32
16-40
16-42
Size
Radial depth of cut ar, not valid for bore with keyway
C
Figure 1
Figure 2
Recommended ar value gives a cutter body as shown in gure 1
Calculation of required ar gives cutter bodies as shown in gures 2

Calculation of max ar
Calculation of required ar
ar =
Dc D21
2
Dc D21 min
2
Min ar
Insert size
ar min
ar max =
04/05/08
11/14
11
13
Reach length (l3)

Not needed if ar = recommended
Programming length (l1)
Not required for bore with keyway or
cylindrical shank
l3 min = Cutter width + 5

l3 max = Cutter width + 80
l1
minmax
Arbor mounting
40-160
Coromant Capto
32.6-160
Overall length (l2)

Only for cylindrical shank
l2
minmax
Cylindrical
58.2-200
D 124
Varilock
44-160
34.7-150
Milling
Inserts for CoroMill 331 side and facemilling cutters

Option
1
Style
L
Corner modication
No
2
04
r =
05
r =
08
r =
11/14
r =
0.2-2.6
0.2-3.05
0.2-4.0
0.2-6.5
04
05
08
11/14
0.2-2.6
0.2-3.05
0.2-4.0
0.2-6.5
r
r
r
r
=
=
=
=
04/05/08
11/14
04
05
08/11/14
bf = 0.2-1.1
bf = 0.2-1.5
bf = 0.2-2.0
04
05/08
11/14
r = 0.2-1.0
r = 0.2-2.0
r = 0.2-2.0
73)
Limitations for full slot milling

Insert size
bf = 0.2-1.1
bf = 0.2-1.5
bf = 0.2-2.0
04
05/08
11/14
r = 0.2-1.0
r = 0.2-2.5
r = 0.2-3.5
04
05
08
11/14
=
=
=
=
0.2-2.6
0.2-3.05
0.2-4.0
0.2-6.5
r
r
r
r
04
05
08
11/14
=
=
=
=
0.2-2.6
0.2-3.05
0.2-4.0
0.2-6.5
10
r
r
r
r
04
05/08
11/14
r = 0.2-1.6
r = 0.2-2.0
r = 0.2-3.5
11
04
05
08/11/14
bf = 0.2-1.3
bf = 0.2-1.5
bf = 0.2-2.0
04
ap = r + 4.6
05
ap = r + 6
08
ap = r + 8
11
ap = r + 11
If, after calculation, ap is less than required ap

options 1, 2, 3, 8 and 9 can be used.
If, after calculation, ap is more than required ap
only options 8 and 9 can be used.
r = 0.2-2.0
r = 0.2-3.5
04
05
08/11/14
Calculated-ap
C
Limitations for full slot milling
Insert size
04
05
08
11
14
22.62 r
22.62 bf
28.62 r
28.62 bf
20.5
26.5
Calculated-ap
9.62 r
9.62 bf
3)
No parallel
land
12.62 r
12.62 bf
16.62 r
16.62 bf
ap max.
10
15
E
asp ap +0.2
2
F
1)
Calculation of reduced cutting edge length asp as follows:

for 2 inserts, options 8-11.
Options
Grades
Options
Insert size
Geometry
r
bf
GC235, GC1025, GC3020, GC3040, GC4030,

GC4040, 530, SM30, H10, H10F, H13A, GC2030,
GC2040
111
04, 05, 08, 11, 14
Insert geometry PL, ML, KL, WL, PM, MM, KM,
WM or NL
Insert radius 0.26.5 mm
Corner chamfer 45 0.22.0 mm
Radius r and chamfer bf limits on cutter and cassette

r, mm
bf, mm
2)
1.5
1.0
1.52.6
1.01.5
>2.6
>1.5
Cutter body
Standard
Standard
Tailor Made
Cassette
Standard
Standard
Standard2)
2)
For correct optional cassette and radius clearance on cutter body.
D 125
Milling
T-MAX Q-Cutter
Slitting and cutting off cutter
T-Max Q-cutter is a versatile tool for producing accurate slots,
plain bottom grooves and for cutting off.
The simple, close pitch cutter design, with all inserts positioned
in line gives excellent chip evacuation allowing a high table
feed.
The standard programme covers slot widths from 2.08 to
6.12 mm.
Application areas include:

Slitting/slotting and cutting off in most materials.
Machining on conventional milling machines and machining
centres.
Milling of internal and external slots.
Gang milling operations.
Machining slots for notch tests.
Roughing out teeth for gear blanks.
Bore with keyway
Slitting cutter
Diameter 80315 mm
Positive geometry
Machine tools:
Machining centres and

milling machines
Materials:
All types
Inclination angle:
Top rake angle:
80 mm: One keyway only
330.20
N151.2-4E
N151.2-5E
G
330.20
N151.2-4E
N151.2-5E
330.20 is a close tolerance insert with geometry and grade

programme adapted for milling operations.
N151.2-4E is a Q-Cut turning insert which can be used for milling

low carbon materials.
N151.2-5E is a Q-Cut turning insert useful for milling copper

and aluminium.
D 126
Tolerances:
Tolerances:
la = 0.05
+ 0.25
la = 0.0
Milling
T-MAX Q-cutter R/L330.20
Standard insert:
330.20-..-AA,
N151.2-...-4E
N151.2-...-5E
Tailor Made insert:
Symetrical, 151.2-4G
Option: 1, 4, 5 and 8
Grades: GC235, SM30 and H13A
B
Bore with keyway
Varilock
Mounting
size dmm
Cutter
diameter Dc
Mounting
size D5m
Cutter
diameter Dc
27
32
40
50
60
67.9-226.4 *
74.8-292.0
84.8-302.0
98.7-316.0
110.7-328.0
50
63
80
74- 96
87-131
104-146
* Not available for seat size 60
Options
Insert seat
size
20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60
Dc
Diametersee above
depending on insert seat size and mounting
Mounting
type
Bore with keyway, Varilock
dmm/D5m
Width of hub8, 10, 12 mm,

depending on insert seat size
l1
Programming length28-197 mm,

depending on Varilock size
Design
Bore with keywayNeutral style

VarilockRight hand or Left hand
D 127
Milling
T-MAX Q-Cut inserts Geometries 3G, 4G and 6G

A
151.2-4G
Recommended rst choice geometry for grooving. *Options 1, 4, 5 and 8 also suitable for T-Max Q-cutter.
The face of options 4 and 5 must be symmetrical for T-Max Q-cutter.
Shape
options
1*
B
Shape
options
5*
151.2-3G
4*
8*
Alternative when shapes required lie outside Tailor Made range of -4G.
Shape
options
Shape
options
Shape
options
12
16
17
10
11
For applications requiring optimal chip control in

width range 610 mm.
151.2-6G
Shape
option
Options
H
Insert seat
size
20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60
Insert
grade
3G GC4125, GC225, GC235, H13A, H10F, GC1020, GC1025

4G GC4125, GC225, GC235, S10, S30, SM30,
CT525, H10A, H13A, H10F, GC1020, GC1025
6G GC4025, GC235
ER
D 128
ER-treatmentS=small, L=Large or
R=Recommended
A1, A2, A3
Insert width1.9-11.0 mm
R1, R2, R3, R4
Insert radius R1/R2/R3/R4

Insert radius R1/R26G;=0.2-2.0 mm
D1, D2, D3, D4
lengthD1/D2/D3/D4
V1, V2, V3, V4
angleV1/V2/V3/V4
Negative land
T-Max Q-Cutter10
Tolerance
A1Tolerance 0.01 mm
Milling
Heavy duty T-MAX 45 milling cutter

T-MAX 45 is a system of adjustable coarse differential pitch
or close pitch facemills suitable for high metal removal in
powerful milling machines or machining centres.
The 45 entering angle and the strong inserts allow the cutters
to be used under demanding conditions, including long spindle
overhangs.
The 6.4 mm thick inserts offer excellent cutting edges with body
security, and provide a maximum cutting depth of 12 mm. The
improved reliability, due to reduced risk of cutter failure, ensures
minimum machine downtime. The inserts also have 2 mm parallel lands and secondary cutting edges which provide an effective back cutting facility.
The wiper insert is suitable for nish machining, but it is important that a wiper insert seat is tted to ensure the position of
the wiper edge is secure.
When the basic setting of the cutter has been xed, the wiper
edge will be most effective, and vibration avoided, if the axial
depth of cut does not exceed 0.5 mm.
D
Diameter 100 400 mm
Arbor
Adjustable
Positive/negative rake
Materials:
Steel, stainless steel, cast iron
Incliniation angle: +12

Top rake angle:
r 45
LNCX-11: -8
LNCX-31/32: +9
Application
Roughing
LNCX-1W
Wiper
LNCX -11
Medium
LNCX -31
LNCX -32
2.0
H
10
The cutter is axially adjustable within 5 m.

Axial adjustment can be performed by two screws acting against the tab on the
back of the shim.
In case of damage, the shim can normally be replaced without inuencing the
axial setting.
D 129
Milling
Adjustment
The cutter is axially adjustable within 5 m.
Axial adjustment can be performed by two screws acting against the tab on the back
of the shim.
In case of damage, the shim can normally be replaced without inuencing the axial
setting.
Basic setting of the cutter should be performed according to instruction C8228:101.
A
Spring clamping of the inserts
B
The quick and easy-to-handle insert clamping system contributes to more troublefree
production, reducing costs considerably with subsequent improved productivity.
Dimensions, mm
18
E
18
Insert code la
iW
bs
ap
max
LNCX 18 06 AZ R-11
18 06 AZ R-31
18 06 AZ R-32
18.77
18.62
18.62
6.4
6.4
6.8
10
10
10
2.0
2.0
2.2
12
Wiper
LNCX 18 06 AZ R-1W
iW
9.28
s
10.5
bs
10
Rbo
400
Wiper
LNCX
LNCX in Wiper shim
H
0.2 0.2
0.11 0.06
D 130
Milling
Sandvik AUTO and T-line cutters roughing

and nishing milling cutter
The Auto and Auto Cap are extra close pitch facemills primarily intended for roughing and semi nishing of cast iron
components.
The large number of inserts enables large table feeds giving very
good machining economy.
Sandvik AUTO cutters use triangular inserts which are available in
several different geometries, optimized for different operations.
All of the inserts are double sided, providing six right-hand and
six left-hand cutting edges. The large number of cutting edges
provide excellent tooling economy.
The T-Line milling cutters are developed for machining cast iron
and steel components. They offer good security and economy
through the use of tangentially mounted inserts. The R260.75
facemill utilizes LNE 323 style inserts.
When the demands on surface nish are more acute the

LNE 323-PL1 inserts with parallel land are recommended.The
R260.90 square shoulder cutter utilizes CDE 322 style inserts.
The insert geometries are available in LNE and CDE styles and in
many different sizes and varieties of corner conguration.
Auto-R
Extra close pitch facemills primarily intended for roughing and
semi-nishing of cast-iron components.
Auto-FS
Fixed pocket facemilling cutter designed for square shoulder
cast-iron applications demanding ne surface nishes at high
feed rates.
Auto-AF
Adjustable facemilling cutter for nishing of cast-iron components demanding high quality surface nishes.
Rough machinng
Facemill AUTO
Arbor
Arbor
Diameter 80 - 500 mm
Negative rake
H
R/L260.3
r 45
Machines:
Transfer lines and milling machines
Material:
Cast iron
R/L260.31 (Cap design)
Top rake angle: 7
D 131
Milling
Auto inserts
WL
KM
CA
KM
-65
AN

CC = Ceramics (ISO = CA, CM, CN, CC)
Dimensions, mm
HEAVY
iC
bs
la
ap max
12
TNHF 12 04 AN-WL
TNEF 12 04 AN-WL
TNCN 12 04 ANE
12.7
12.7
12.7
4.76
4.76
4.76
1.75
1.75
1.75
12
12
12
2
2
6
6
6
12
TNHF 12 04 AN-CA
TNEF 12 04 AN-CA
TNEF 12 04 AN-KM
TNHF 12 04 AN-65
TNEF 12 04 AN-65
TNCN 12 04 AN
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
4.76
4.76
4.76
4.76
4.76
4.76
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
12
12
12
12
12
12
3
3
3
12
TNJN 12 04 AN
TNEN 12 04 AN
12.7
12.7
4.76
4.76
2.5
2.5
12
12
MEDIUM
LIGHT
Insert code
Auto
TNHF-WL/TNEF-WL
- Extra positive Waveline geometry
- Low cutting forces
- Excellent for milling thin walled components
- Intermediate corner radii reduce workpiece frittering
- Close E-tolerance minimizes radial/axial run-out
- Double sided
TNHF-KM/TNEF-KM, general application
- The positive Waveline geometry with strong cutting edges
increase productivity by up to 25%
- Intermediate corner radii reduce workpiece frittering
- Close E-tolerance minimizes radial/axial run-out
- Double sided
TNHF-65/TNEF-65
- All-round geometry for semi-nishing operations
- Complement to TNHF-CA
- Double sided
Feed range
0.10
0.20
0.30
0.40
fz
Axial cutting forces

N
Fp
2000
Material = Cast iron (CMC 08.2)

ap = 6 mm
vc = 100 m/min
1800
1600
TNJN, TNEN and TNCN

- Negative inserts give extra strong cutting edges
- High feeds per tooth
- Ceramic cutting material CC6090 (TNCN)
- Relatively high cutting forces
- At their best in stable machines and xtures
- Double sided
D 132
KM
1400
1200
1000
800
fz
600
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
mm/tooth
Milling
Sandvik AUTO -AF adjustable cutter for facemilling

The Auto -AF cutters are intended for nishing of cast iron
and nodular iron components, to high quality surface nish
demands.
Easy high precision setting within 0.002 mm, by means of
eccentric pin and safe locking of cassettes by two screws.
Adjustable within the whole working area, approx. 1 mm.
Maximum depth of cut = 1 mm.
B
Facemill AUTO AF
Arbor
Diameter 80 500 mm
Adjustable
Positive
Arbor
C
Machines: Machining centres, transfer
lines and milling
machines
R/L260.8
R/L260.82
(Cap design)
Materials: Cast iron
r 75
Inclination angle: +10

Top rake angle: -8
D 133
Milling
Mounting the insert

Clean the insert seat thoroughly
before commencing.
Ensure contact against the three
support points in the insert seat.
Tighten the screw to a torque of
3 Nm.
Apply Molykote 1000 on

insert screw head and
thread.
Setting instructions for Sandvik AUTO-AF adjustable nishing cutters

B
For cutter setting use:

Diabase surface plate
Micro-indicator
Key 265.2-821
Key 5680 048-07 (30IP)
Torque wrench
Place the cutter on the diabase

surface plate.
Locate the highest point on the
insert edge to the at contact
point of the micro indicator.
Turn the eccentric pin and move
the cassette with insert to a zero
reading on the indicator.
Tighten the cassette screws to

approx. 2 Nm.
Fasten the cassette screws to

16-Nm, using a torque wrench,
Torx bit 5680 084-10.
Finally loosen the eccentric pin

to set insert height and prevent
risk of axial run out.
D 134
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Cassette
Eccentric Pin
Key (eccentric pin adj.)
Cassette Screw
Cassette Washer
Cassette Key
Insert Screw
Insert Screw Key
Milling
Inserts for AUTO AF Finishing
N260.8 -F
N260.8 -L
Insert design
Type F, wiper
with long parallel lands and four cutting edges/
insert, right or left hand.
To be used where high quality surface nish is
required.
Type L
with shorter parallel lands, have four right and
four left hand cutting edges/insert.
Low axial cutting forces facilitate milling of modern, thin walled components on weak machines,
where L inserts should be used.
L inserts can also be used in combination with F
inserts.
D 135
Milling
Square shoulder facemill Auto-FS

The extra close pitch Auto-FS and Auto-FS Cap cutters are designed for milling square shoulders and facemilling to very ne
surface quality at high feed rates.
Inserts provide a cutting edge length of 12 mm and cutting
depths of up to 8 mm are possible.
Diameter 125 500 mm

Negative rakes
R/L262.4
r 90
R/L262.42 (Cap design)
Materials: Cast iron

Inclination angle: -4
Top rake angle: -2
Inserts for Auto-FS

Finishing
SBEN
SBEX
SBEX-11
SBEN
- Coated grade for high cutting speed
- Wiper insert combined with SBEX -11 inserts
As a wiper insert it will automatically be positioned 0.05
mm below the SBEX -11 inserts.
- Optimized corner geometry
SBEX
- Negative chipformer with strong cutting edges
- Use SBEN as wiper insert
- Coated grades for high cutting speeds
SBEX-11
- Positive chipformer generates lower cutting forces, appr.

30%, eliminating vibration
- Use SBEN as wiper insert
Dimensions, mm
12
D 136
Insert code
l = iC
bf
Rbo
SBEN 12 04 ZZ
12.7
4.74
1.2
0.7
2960
SBEX 12 04 ZZ
12 04 ZZ-11
12.7
12.65
4.74
4.76
1.2
0.7
0.8
2960
Milling
Spacers for adjusting spindle inclination
Spindle inclination/spacer thickness
The parallel land of the insert can be adjusted according to the

spindle inclination. Spacers mounted in the support body for
spindle inclination 0.1:1000, are shown below.
Spindle inclination
0.1:1000 mm
or 1 /10 mm
Cutter
diameter (Dc )
Spacers
250
315
355
400
500
0.02 mm
0.05 mm
0.05 mm
0.02 and 0.05 mm
0.02 and 0.05 mm
For other spindle inclinations, a spacer set, ordering code 260836-1. can be ordered separately. The dimensions for different
inclinations are shown on the graph.
0.3
Dc
315
400 500
0.2
0.1
0.1
0.2
Spacer
0.3 mm
44 0.01
1. Centering sleeve
2. Spacer
3. Backing ring
If for any reason the centering sleeve or backing ring must be

replaced or the supporting surface reground, the 44 0.01 mm
dimension must be adjusted with spacers.
Auto-CAP System
Both the roughing and nishing facemill of this system are characterized by their light
weight as well as their improved production economy in combination with precision.
The main features of the AUTO-CAP system are:
Reduced handling weight.
One central screw instead of four to hold unit to the spindle.
Spring-loaded wedges for retaining inserts.
Replaceable seating ring.
SUPPORTING body mounted on the spindle gives the necessary spindle rigidity and
utilizes the y-wheel effect.
D 137
Milling
T-Line milling cutters

Secure machining in cast-iron
and steel
The T-Line milling cutters are intended for machining cast iron
and steel components.
They offer good security and economy through the use of tangentially mounted inserts.
The R260.75 facemill utilizes LNE 323 style inserts.
When the demands on surface nish are more acute the
LNE 323-PL1 inserts with parallel land are recommended.
The R260.90 square shoulder cutter utilizes CDE 322 style
inserts.
Tangentially mounted milling inserts

The insert geometries are available in LNE and CDE styles and
in many different sizes and varieties of corner conguration.
Other corner congurations are available as Tailor Made.
Facemill
D
Arbor
Diameter 80 250 mm
Negative rake
Machines:
All types
Materials:
Steel, cast iron, heat

resistant materials
Top rake angle: 10
r 75
Square shoulder facemill
Arbor
Diameter 80 250 mm
Positive rake
Machines:
All types
Materials:
Steel, cast iron, heat

resistant materials
Top rake angle: 10
r 90
T-Line roughing inserts

G
Insert code
LNE
Dimensions, mm
CDE
l
LNE 323-PL1
D 138
15
LNE 323-02
323-04
323-PL1
12
CDE 322 R02

322 R05
322 L05
l21
d1
iW
15.875
9.525
4.27
4.76
12.70
9.525
4.27
3.81
R = Radius
C = Chamfer1)
P = Parallel land
C 0.787 x 45
R 1.575
P 1.787 x 13
R 1.575
R 0.787
R 0.787
Milling
Sandvik Auto cylinder boring cutter

A positive cutter for roughing of cylinder bores.
A Tailor Made concept for most cylinder bores currently on
the market.
Operates with low cutting forces.
Improved bore size control, better consistency.
Reduced tool and service costs.
Inserts with parallel land result in better surface, i.e. reduced
withdrawal marks.
The grade prole provides the right grade for any material
and cutting data.
Recommended cutting depth 16 mm.
SDKX
SDMX
Dimensions, mm
15
Insert code
la
d1
iW
SDKX 15 06 ZN
SDKX 15 06 08
15
15
11
11
5.6
5.6
6.35
6.35
0.8
SDKX 15 06 ZN
SDKX 15 06 08
15
15
11
11
5.6
5.6
6.35
6.35
0.8
Cutting data
ISO
CMC
No.
Material
Hardness
Brinell
GC3015
GC3040
H13A
0.4 0.1
0.4 0.1
Feed mm/tooth
HB
0.4 0.1
Cutting speed m/min
07.1
07.2
Malleable
cast iron
Ferritic (short chip)

Perlitic (long chip)
110 145
200 230
200 300
100 200
120 240
85 175
60 85
50 75
08.1
08.2
Grey
cast iron
Low tensile,
High tensile,
180
260
120 400
80 300
110 250
80 200
70 100
50 90
09.1
09.2
Nodular SG
iron
Ferritic
Pearlitic
160
250
200 250
80 180
100 160
70 140
50 80
40 75
D 139
Milling
Sandvik AUTO cylinder boring cutter-R/L260.20

A
Standard inserts:
SDKX 15 06 ZN ap= 6 mm
SDKX 15 06 08 ap= 6 mm
SDMX 15 06 ZN ap= 6 mm
SDMX 15 06 08 ap= 6 mm
Arbor mounting
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
Varilock
Style
Dc
A22
63-80
A27
63-90
A32
70-101.6
Style
Dc
B27
75-90
B32
B40
82-101.6 93-101.6
VL 50
63
Dc 63-80 75-93
80
90-101.6
Options
G
Dc
Diameter63-101.6 mm
Mounting
Arbor mounting, Varilock
Design
Right hand, Left hand
dmm
Pitch
Coarse, Close
Coarse3-7, Close4-9
Coolant
facility
With or withoutOnly for Varilock
No of inserts
l1
Programming length44-120 mm
D 140
Milling
T-Line milling cutters

R260.75 (r=75) and R260.90 (r=90)
Standard and Tailor Made insert:

CDE 322. r= 90
LNE 323. r= 15-88
Arbor mounting
Arbor mounting
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
Style A16
Dc
50-63
A22
50-105
A27
A32
63-125 77-160
Style
Dc
B27
75-125
B32
83-160
B40
94-200
Varilock
C60dhc1
Style C40
Dc
149-254 189-254
Weldon
VL
Dc
50
50-160
63
50-160
80
50-160
Cyl
Dc
32
50-101.6
42
50-101.6
WN
Dc
32
40
50
50-101.6 50-101.6 50-101.6
Options
Mounting
Arbor mounting, Varilock,

Cylindrical Power Chuck, Weldon
dmm
1/2/3
Insert shapeRadius (1)0.01-2.0 mm,

Chamfer (2)2-770.01-2.0 mm
Parallel land (3)LNE323-P11
l1
Entering angleLNE=15-88, CDE=90
Programming length
Arbor mounting37.6-101.6
Varilock41.8-100
Weldon36.9-119
L/M/H
Pitch typeCoarse, differential L

Close, even M
Extra close, even H
l3
Reach length
Cylindrical Power Chuck36.9-80
Weldon36.9-80
zn
No of insertCoarse=3-12
Close=4-20
Extra close=6-40
Insert type
CDE 322 or LNE323
Dc
Diameter50-254 mm
Design
D 141
Milling
T-Line inserts
A
CDE with chamfer
LNE with chamfer
Right hand style shown
Neutral style shown
CDE with radius
LNE with radius
Right hand style shown
Neutral style shown
Options
G
Grades
GC235, GC3015, GC1015, GC1020, SMA, SM30, S6,

HM, H10F, GC3020, GC3040, GC4030, GC1025, H13A
iw
Insert ThicknessCDE3.81 4.76 5.59 6.35

LNE4.76 6.35 7.94 9.525
r /ch
Insert shaper /ch
Design
Insert styleCDERight hand or Left hand

LNENeutral style, can be used
in right and left hand applications
Insert radius sizeCDE0-5.8 mm

LNE0-4.8 mm
Corner chamfer angle2-80
ch
Corner chamfer width (45)CDE0.2-4.4 mm

LNE0.2-4.3 mm
H
s
l21
l
D 142
Insert widthCDE9.525 11.112 14.287

LNE9.525 12.70 14.287
Insert lengthCDE9.525 11.112 12.70 17.462 19.05
LNE15.875 19.05 25.40 28.575
Corner chamfer width (2-80)0.2-3.332 mm
Milling
Sandvik Auto-AF adjustable cutters

R/L260.8 and 260.82
Standard insert:
N260.8-1204-F
N260.8-1204-L
Arbor mounting
Arbor mounting
Arbor mounting
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
acc. to ISO 6462
C
Style
Dc
A22
80-105
A27
A32
85-130 90-160
Style
Dc
B27
97-130
B32
105-160
B40
116-220
Style
Dc
C40
C60dhc1
149-220 189-315
C60dhc1+dhc2
274-508
D
Cap mounting
E
Cap
Dc
250
250-315
315
315-355
355
355-400
400
400-500
500
500-508
Options
Dc
Diameter80-508 mm
Mounting
Arbor mounting, Cap mounting
Design
Right hand, Left hand
dmm
No of inserts
3-61
l1
No of wiper
cassettes/inserts
None or max
No of chosen cassettes
Programming length
Arbor mounting=53-101.6 mm
Cap mounting=63 mm
D 143
Milling
CoroMill Plura solid carbide milling cutter
The programme of CoroMill Plura solid carbide endmills includes tool shapes for most operations, in diameters ranging
from 0.4 to 25 mm.
CoroMill Plura has been specically designed for HSM applications, with tool geometries and a new grade family prole providing high productivity in all workpiece materials.
Following the introduction of GC1610 grade for applications in

hard workpieces and the general grades GC1620 and GC1630.
The evolution of the Plura family continues with another grade,
GC1640.
GC1640 is a grade with a Coromant unique PVD coating and a
new, very tough substrate based on the Pluratech technology. With
this grade, the CoroMill Plura system provides solutions for demanding operations like machining under unstable conditions.
The advanced machining capabilities of Plura and the high precision CoroGrip holding chucks are a perfect match. CoroGrips
design provides clamping forces in excess of anything possible
from shrink t holders or hydraulic chucks, and a level of high
stability which makes it the rst choice for High Speed Machining (HSM).
D 144
Milling
Selecting CoroMill Plura endmills

Step 1: Select the grade for the workpiece material
ISO H : Choose grade GC1610
for semi-nishing to nishing operations in hot worked steel
43 HRC and cold worked steel 52 HRC.
Choose grade GC1620
for roughing operations.
ISO H
GC1610, GC1620
Dry
Wet
Roughing
GC1620
GC1620, GC1630, GC1640
Dry
Wet
Finishing
GC1620
Finishing
GC1610
Semi nishing
ISO P M K S H : Choose grade GC1620

for semi-nishing to nishing operations demanding wear
resistance, especially in dry machining. This grade also performs well when machining stainless steels wet.
ISO PMK
ISO P M K N S : Choose grade GC1630

for roughing to semi-nishing operations demanding edge line
toughness. This grade also works well in machining of very
soft and smearing steels.
Semi nishing
GC1630
Roughing
GC1640
ISO S
GC1620, GC1630, GC1640
Finishing
ISO P M K : Choose grade GC1640

for roughing operations where toughness is important or
where stability demands a tough grade.
Semi nishing
Roughing
Dry
Wet
GC1620
GC1630
GC1640
ISO N
GC1610, GC1620, GC1630
Dry
Wet
Finishing
GC1610
GC1610
Semi nishing
GC1620
GC1620
Roughing
GC1630
GC1630
Step 2: Classify the machining operation

Milling of straight surfaces or grooving.
or proling
Cutting data and Programming

Use the PluraGuide for selection of tool
and correct cutting data, and for programming.
Step 3: Select the endmill type

For straight surfaces and grooving
The All purpose endmill with variable ute depth for maximum stability, is the rst choice for
roughing to nishing in ISO P, M, K and S materials.
ISO
Fi
ni
Se
sh
ni
sh
Ro
ISO
A10
R 215.34
in
ug
A12
R 215.34
g
A1
R 216.34
hi
ng
ISO
Hardened steel.
Hot work steel 43HRc, cold work steel 52HRc
(Steel where HRc <47)
in
P M K S
A2
R 216.33
A3
R 216.33
Note: Roughing endmills which suffer from chipping in steels 35 HRc or titanium,
should be replaced with variable ute depth endmills.
A13
R 215.36
A20
R 216.32
H
A19
R 216.33
A = straight-edge endmills
B = ball nose endmills
D 145
Milling
For proling
P M K S
ISO
Su
pe
Fi
ni
ni
sh
Se
Endmills with
corner radii
sh
*zn=2
in
*zn=4
ug
*zn=2
in
*zn=4
hi
ng
A1
B2
Pgeometry
B2
Ngeometry
R 216.44
R 216.42
Pgeometry
*zn=2
B3
Pgeometry
*zn=4
*zn=4
R 216.42
sh
Aluminum
*zn=2
B2
Ro
Ball nose endmill
ni
ISO
Endmills with
corner radii
Ball nose endmill
in
ISO
*zn=4
A2
Hgeometry
R 216.24
*zn=2
A15
Ggeometry
A14
*zn=2
B5
Ggeometry
B3
Ggeometry
R 216.24
Ggeometry
Ggeometry
R 216.42
A19
Ageometry
R 216.42
R 216.44
R 216.42
R 216.22
R 216.34
For best productivity in nishing choose four cutting edges

For best stability in semi-nishing choose two cutting edges
For best surface nish choose two cutting edges.
*zn=Total number of edges in the tool
Chamfering tools
Mini tools
Tools for 30, 45 chamfering in 0.56 mm radius are available,

in grade GC1620 for all workpiece materials.
For all applications where Dc 1 mm is needed we recommend

Sandvik Coromants Mini tools.
D
Keyway slotting
E
For this particular operation, some specic guidance can be

given in addition to the general recommendations for milling of
straight surfaces and grooving.
Due to the direction of the cutting forces and the tendency of
the tool to bend, a slot milled in a single step will not have a
perfectly square form.
The best accuracy and productivity will be achieved if the operation employs an undersized endmill, and is divided into
two steps:
1. key slot milling roughing of the full slot.
2. side milling nishing all round the slot using up milling, to
create true square corners.
Key slot milling in two steps.
Engineered solutions
Turn-milling
When standard tools do not match the operational requirements, engineered tool solutions provide the answer.
Dene the endmill required and Sandvik Coromant will design it
to specied dimensions.
By combining both the rotation of a workpiece and a milling tool

it is possible to create a cylindrical surface. This surface can
be concentric with the centre line of the workpiece rotation, or
it can be eccentric by moving the milling tool up and down. With
axial movement it is possible to reach the required length.
The solution for successful turn-milling of narrow surface in all
types of materials is CoroMill Plura.
With engineered solutions there are possibilities to change tool

shapes, diameters and lengths.
D 146
Milling
Endmill types and application

All purpose endmill
Variable ute depth tools
Hardness 48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~50
Dc h10
dmm h6
A1
P M K S
For roughing to nishing in steel 48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA and
titanium
Generally this tool should be rst choice.
Always use the shortest possible tool protrusion. This tool has a differential pitch
to improve stability in roughing applications. If there are problems due to high axial
forces, try an endmill with four cutting edges and 30 helix. If the chip space is not
sufcient, try an endmill with three cutting edges and 45 helix (in weak materials
and large ap an endmill with four cutting edges and 45 helix might work). For
higher productivity in nishing applications use an endmill with more edges.
Roughing endmill
Variable ute depth tools
Hardness 43HRc63
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~50
Dc h10
dmm h6
A2
C
P H
For warm work steels 43HRc.
For cold work steels 52HRc.
If there are machining problems, reduce
the engagement since hardened steels are
very demanding. For higher productivity with
nishing engagements use an endmill with
more cutting edges.
Core: 85% of Dc
Core: 50% of Dc
Length: 1 x Dc
Roughing endmill
Kordell
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Hardness <28HRc
~30, 40
Dc h14
dmm h6
A3
P M K
Primarily for roughing in steel <28HRc, stainless and cast iron.
For materials >28HRc use the endmill with variable ute depth (A1). If there are
problems with these endmills, and primary chipping is experienced, use the endmill
with variable ute depth.
Roughing endmill
Chip dividing
Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
A3
S Titanium
Primarily for roughing in titanium <48HRc.

This endmill performs the best at large axial depth of cut. If chipping is experienced with this tool then the toughness demands in the application are to high for
this geometry. Use the endmill with variable ute depth (A1).
D 147
Milling
General purpose endmill

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K S
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
A8
4-30 for steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA and titanium
Always use the shortest possible tool protrusion. For higher productivity try a tool
with six cutting edges and 50 helix (A10).
In most applications better stability will be achieved with an endmill with four cutting edges and 50 helix (A1).
If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill with three cutting edges and 45
helix (A10).

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K S
~45
Dc h10
dmm h6
A9
4-45 for steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA and titanium
Always use the shortest possible tool protrusion. For higher productivity try a tool
with six cutting edges and 50 helix (A10).
Better stability will be achieved with an endmill with four cutting edges and 50
helix (A1). If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill with three cutting
edges and 45 helix (A7).
D
Finishing endmill
E
No centre cutting
Hardness 48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~50
Dc h10
dmm h6
A10
P M K S
50 for nishing applications in steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron. HRSA
and titanium.
In most applications better stability will be achieved with an endmill with four cutting edges and 50 helix (A1). If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill
with four cutting edges and 45 helix (A9).
Finishing endmill
No centre cutting
Hardness 48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~60
Dc h10
dmm h6
P M K S
6-60 for nishing applications in steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA
and titanium.
In most applications better stability is achieved with an endmill with six cutting
edges and 50 helix (A12). If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill
with four cutting edges and 50 helix (A1).
D 148
A11
Milling

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K S
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
A5
2-30 for steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast-iron, HRSA and titanium
Often a problem solver. However, an endmill with two cutting edges can never
achieve the highest metal removal rates. Moving from three to two cutting edges
will not usually improve stability. In most applications, the shorter tool with two
cutting edges for keyway slotting will work better (A17). For higher productivity try
an endmill with three cutting edges and 45 helix (A7).

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K S
A6
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
3-30 for steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA and titanium.
In most applications the shorter tool with three cutting edges for keyway slotting
will work better (A17).
For higher productivity try a tool with four cutting edges and 30 helix (A8).
In most applications stability will be improved with an endmill with three cutting
edges and 45 helix (A7).
If there are machining problems, try an endmill with two cutting edges (A5).
D

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K S
~45
Dc h10
dmm h6
A7
E
3-45 for steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA and titanium. A very
good tool in most applications!
If problems are experienced with too high axial forces try an endmill with three cutting edges and 30 helix (A6). If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill
with two cutting edges and 30 helix.
Finishing endmill
No centre cutting
Hardness 43HRc 63
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~50
Dc h10
dmm h6
A12
P H
6-50 for nishing applications in warm work steels 43 HRc.
For nishing applications in cold work steels52HRc.
For higher productivity when working with very small ae, try the multiute (A13). If
the chip room is not large enough try an endmill with four cutting edges and 50
helix (A2).
D 149
Milling
Finishing endmill
No centre cutting
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Hardness 43HRc 63
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
A13
P H
Multiute for nishing applications in warm worked steels 43 HRc.
For nishing applications in cold worked steels52HRc.
For highest productivity when working with very small ae.
If the chip room is not large enough try an endmill with six cutting edges and 50
helix (A12).
Corner radius endmill

Hardness 43HRc 63
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P H
~30
Dc h9
dmm h6
A14
Semi-nishing for nishing applications in warm worked steels 43HRc.

For semi-nishing applications in cold worked steels 52HRc.
For highest productivity in semi-nishing applications.
Always use the shortest possible tool protrusion.
When stability allows use an endmill with four cutting edges.
Corner radius endmill

Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Hardness 43HRc 63
P H
~30
Dc h9
dmm h6
A15
Semi-nishing for nishing applications in warm worked steels 43HRc.

For semi-nishing applications in cold worked steels 52HRc.
For highest productivity in semi-nishing applications.
When stability allows use an endmill with four cutting edges.

Hardness <63HRc
P M K N S H
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
For steel <63HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA, titanium,

aluminum and hardened steel
For all applications where Dc<1 mm is needed.
D 150
A16
Milling
Ball nose endmill

Hardness <63HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K N S H
B1
~30
Dc2 h9
dmm h6
For steel <63HRc, stainless steel, cast iron, HRSA, titanium,

aluminum and hardened steel
For all applications where Dc<1 mm is needed.
Ball nose endmill

Hardness <48HRc
P M K S
Short
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Ball nose endmill

P H
~30
Dc2 h9
dmm h6
For proling applications in steel <48HRc, stainless steel, cast

iron, HRSA and titanium
Always use the shortest possible tool protrusion. In roughing applications, where large chip room is needed along with and good
stability, use a tool with two cutting edges.
In semi-nishing applications and general applications, use a tool
with four cutting edges for best productivity.
In nishing/super-nishing applications use a tool with two cutting
edges. Use an endmill with two cutting edges for optimal stability
and to avoid the transition area between four and two cutting
edges. A ball nose with four cutting edges has only two cutting
edges over the tool centre (B4, B5).
Hardness 43HRc 63
Long
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~30
Dc2 h9
dmm h6
B2
D
B3
E
For proling applications in warm worked steels 43 HRc.

For proling applications in cold worked steels 52HRc.
First choice is G-geometry. When the workpiece material is very short chipping it
is possible to achieve better productivity with the H-geometry. In semi-nishing/nishing applications better productivity is possible with a ballnose with four cutting
edges.
When working along steep walls the spherical design ballnose will have shorter
contact length. When better accessibility or a neck behind the cutting edges is
needed.
Ball nose endmill

Spherical design
Hardness 43HRc 63
P H
B4
Helix angle: ~30

Tolerances: Dc2 h9
dmm h6 (Dc210~h5)

For proling applications in cold worked steels 52HRc.
When the workpiece material is very short chipping it is possible to
achieve better productivity with the H-geometry (B3).
In semi-nishing/nishing applications better productivity is possible
with a ball nose with four cutting edges (B3).
For better stability use tools with shorter tool protrusion (B5).
D 151
Milling
Ball nose endmill

Hardness 43HRc 63
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P H
B5

For proling applications in cold worked steels52HRc.
First choice is G-geometry. When the workpiece material is very short
chipping it is possible to achieve better productivity with the H-geometry
(B3). In semi-nishing/nishing applications better productivity is possible with a ballnose with four cutting edges. When working along steep
walls the spherical design ballnose will have shorter contact length (B4).
For better stability use a tool with shorter tool protrusion.
~30
Dc2 h9
dmm h6 (Dc28~h5)
Chamfering endmill
C1
Hardness <63HRc
P M K N S H
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
0
Dc h10
dmm h6
For 30 and 45 chamfer.

For 0.5-6 mm radius.
Chamfering radius endmill
C2
Hardness <63HRc
P M K N S H
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
0
dmm h6
For 30 and 45 chamfer.

For 0.5-6 mm radius.
Slotting endmill
Key slot
Hardness 48HRc
A17
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
~30
Dc h10/e8
dmm h6
P M K N S
These endmills are shorter and therefore more stable than the normal endmills
with two and three cutting edges.
All these endmills have a relatively large corner chamfer. The standard sizes tools
have tighter tolerances on cutting edges. When an endmill with two or three edges
is wanted and can work with a tool with a corner chamfer, this should be the
rst choice. In almost all applications will achieve the highest productivity will be
achieved with three cutting edges compared to two.
D 152
Milling
Endmills for turn-milling

Hardness <48HRc
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
P M K N S H
~30
Dc h10
dmm h6
A18
A specialised CoroMill Plura endmill with a cutting geometry designed for use in
turn-mill operations. Two of the four cutting edges cut in both radial and axial directions, while the remaining two cut mainly in the radial direction.
For best performance, the endmills axis of rotation should not align exactly with
the workpieces central axis. Instead the endmill should be offset, and sit further
round in the workpieces rotational cycle.
High performance ISO N endmill

Roughing
Material:
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Kordell design
N
Aluminium and copper

~40
Dc h14
dmm h6
FIRST CHOICE for roughing of Aluminum and copper.

Kordel-geometry for reduced cutting forces and improved chip-evacuation.
When the rough nish produced by Kordel-geometry is not acceptable try the
straight cutting edge (A20).
For Aluminum with a higher Si-content a coated Kordel endmill could be more
productive (A3).

Aluminium, ball-nose
N
E
For machining aluminium with a high Si-content, better productivity can be achieved
with type B2 endmill
Material:
Helix angle:
Tolerances:

~30
Dc2 h9
dmm h6

General, ISO-N (Aluminium and copper)
For general machining/nishing
A20
N
For roughing try the Kordel cutters (A19).
For aluminum with a higher Si-content a coated
endmill could be more productive (A5).
This cutter has a new design

improving drilling capability.
Material:
Helix angle:
Tolerances:

~30, ~25, ~25
Dc h10
dmm h6
D 153
Milling
CoroMill Plura cutting data

Speed recommendations
GC1620
GC1610
ae / ap
ae 0.1 x Dc2
ap 0.1 x Dc2
ISO
CMC
HB
02.2
03.22
03.22
300
400
450
04.1
HRC
50
55
ae / ap
ae 0.01 x Dc2
ap 0.01 x Dc2
ve m/min
ve m/min
202
162
140
ae 0.1 x Dc2
ap 0.1 x Dc2
ISO
CMC
HB
03.22
400
450
315
260
225
107
98
171
156
04.1
HRC
48
52
55
58
60
62
ve m/min
ae 0.01 x Dc2
ap 0.01 x Dc2
ve m/min
320
280
815
715
270
210
200
145
130
100
680
600
425
370
320
265
D
GC1610
GC1620
Dc2
ae
De
Metric
n=
ve 1000
- De
vf = n fz zn
(rpm)
(mm/min)
De = 2 ap (Dc2 - ap ) (mm)
ap
ae < 0.1 Dc2

ap < 0.1 Dc2
Dc2
(mm)
fz
1
2
3
3.175
4
4.76
5
6
6.35
8
9.525
10
12
12.7
15.875
16
0.015
0.035
0.050
0.055
0.080
0.088
0.090
0.100
0.103
0.115
0.123
0.125
0.140
0.144
0.160
mm/tooth
ae < 0.1 Dc2

ap < 0.1 Dc2
fz
mm/tooth
Plura Guide
0.040
0.055
0.070
0.072
0.080
0.088
0.090
0.100
0.103
0.115
0.123
0.125
0.140
0.144
0.160
High security demands in HSM
Dry milling extends tool life
The machine tools used for HSM must be safely guarded, as

splinters or parts of damaged tools might cause serious
accidents. High speed machinery has to be completely safe, e.g.
foolproof.
CoroMill Plura endmills are developed to withstand constant high

cutting speeds and temperatures. Their tool life and reliability
are, in most cases, much better suited to a dry environment. Tool
life improvements of more than 40% are not unusual.
D 154
Milling

GC1620
GC1630
H10F
ae
ap
ae
ap ae > Dc
HRC
ae
ap
ae / ap
ap ae < Dc
c2
CMC
01.1
01.2
01.4
02.2
02.2
03.22
03.22
125
150
200
250
300
400
450
155
135
120
100
90
75
65
200
185
140
130
120
95
85
375
340
255
245
220
180
160
690
630
470
450
410
335
300
05.11
05.21
05.51
200
200
230
60
60
45
90
75
55
165
145
110
300
270
200
K
N
S
07.1
09.2
08.1
150
200
180
135
100
85
180
130
110
330
240
210
610
440
385
30.22
90
1000
1100
1250
20.22
23.22
350
350
265
220
300
255
510
420
04.1
50
55
60
55
-
80
55
40
ve m/min
ae 0.05 Dc or Dc2
ap 0.05 Dc or D
ae 0.05 Dc
ISO
HB
ap
ve m/min
ve m/min
ve m/min
1300
1300
1070
GC1610
GC1620
GC1630
H10F
Dc
Dc2
ae
De
Metric
n=
1000 vc or ve
(rpm)
Dc or Dc2
vf = n fz zn (mm/min)
De = 2 ap (Dc2 - ap ) (mm)
ap
ae
ap
ae
mm
fz
mm/tooth
fz
mm/tooth
0.5
1
2
3
3.175
4
4.76
5
6
6.35
8
9.525
10
12
12.7
15.875
16
19.05
20
25
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.006
0.008
0.010
0.011
0.014
0.015
0.020
0.025
0.027
0.036
0.039
0.054
0.055
0.073
0.078
0.11
0.002
0.003
0.007
0.008
0.014
0.019
0.021
0.03
0.031
0.033
0.050
0.055
0.071
0.074
0.089
0.09
0.105
0.11
0.11
Dc or Dc2
ap
ae
fz
mm/tooth
ap
ae / ap
fz
mm/tooth
Plura Guide
0.013
0.032
0.039
0.040
0.045
0.046
0.046
0.055
0.056
0.063
0.069
0.071
0.077
0.079
0.089
0.089
0.097
0.1
0.11
0.023
0.056
0.07
0.072
0.08
0.078
0.078
0.099
0.102
0.114
0.124
0.127
0.139
0.143
0.160
0.161
0.175
0.18
D 155
Milling

GC1610
ae
ISO
CMC
03.22
K
H
HB
HRC
400
450
08.1
200
09.2
250
04.1
48
52
55
58
60
62
ap
ae / ap
ae < 0.1 Dc
ap < 0.5 Dc
ae < 0.05 Dc
ap < 1 Dc
ae < 0.1 Dc2 or De

ap < 0.1 Dc2 or De
ae < 0.01 Dc2 or De

ap < 0.01 Dc2 or De
ve m/min
ve m/min
ve m/min
ve m/min
170
150
200
180
320
280
815
715
265
220
300
255
510
420
1300
1070
130
120
105
75
65
60
170
155
110
90
80
65
270
210
200
145
130
100
680
600
425
370
320
265
D
GC1610
Dc
Dc2
ae
De
Metric
n=
ve 1000
De
Dc or Dc2
(mm)
(rpm)
1
2
3
3.175
4
4.76
De = 2 ap (Dc2 - ap) (mm) 5
6
6.35
8
9.525
10
12
12.7
15.875
16
19.05
ap
ae < 0.1 Dc2 or De

ap < 0.1 Dc2 or De
fz
mm/tooth
0.040
0.041
0.045
0.037
0.035
0.030
0.034
0.055
0.066
0.070
0.075
0.078
0.090
0.090
0.098
fz
mm/tooth
0.015
0.035
0.050
0.055
0.080
0.088
0.090
0.100
0.103
0.115
0.123
0.125
0.140
0.144
0.160
ae < 0.01 Dc2 or De

ap < 0.01 Dc2 or De
fz
mm/tooth
0.040
0.055
0.070
0.072
0.080
0.088
0.090
0.100
0.103
0.115
0.123
0.125
0.140
0.144
0.160
H
High security demands in HSM
The machine tools used for HSM must be safely guarded, as
splinters or parts of damaged tools might cause serious
accidents. High speed machinery has to be bullet proof.
D 156
Dry milling extends tool life

CoroMill Plura endmills are developed to withstand constant
high cutting speeds and temperatures. Their tool life and reliability are, in most cases, much better suited to a dry environment.
Tool life improvements of more than 40% are not unusual.
Milling

GC1640
ae
ap
ae
ap ae Dc
ISO
CMC
HB
HRC
ve m/min
ve m/min
125
145
160
01.2
150
135
145
01.4
200
100
110
02.2
250
85
95
02.2
300
80
85
03.22
350
75
80
05.11
200
65
70
05.21
200
50
55
05.51
230
35
40
07.1
150
130
14
09.2
200
105
115
08.1
250
70
75
20.22
350
25
25
23.22
350
40
45
ap ae < 0.5 Dc
01.1
ap
GC1640
E
Dc
ae
Metric
n=
vc 1000
Dc
(rpm)
ap
ae
Dc
mm
fz
mm/tooth
fz
mm/tooth
6
6.35
8
9.525
10
12
12.7
15.875
16
19.05
20
0.013
0.013
0.016
0.023
0.025
0.031
0.035
0.052
0.053
0.065
0.069
0.019
0.022
0.035
0.041
0.043
0.055
0.057
0.068
0.069
0.081
0.085
ap
D 157
Milling
ENGINEERED SOLUTIONS CoroMill Plura
For quotation please contact your nearest Sandvik Coromant representative.
Type of cutter
10
40
Corner design
Cutter with
recess
Sharp
Shank type
Cylindrical
Weldon
Cylindrical
Weldon
Chamfer
Radius
20
50
Radius
Options
System of
measurement
Material to machine
Dc or Dc2
Endmill types
Alternative grades
Rake angle o
Drilling
Helix angle
Helix reduction
21
D 158
metric
Helix red. angle p
-10 - +20
ISO-P, ISO-H, ISO-M, ISO-K, ISO-S,

ISO-N
2-32 mm
10 = square endmills
20 = ballnose endmills
40 = conical endmills
50 = conical ball nose endmills
GC1610, GC1620, GC1630, H10F,
Special Substrate Coating
H10F
TiCN
10EF
Futura
Extreme
X.CEED
-20 - +15
YES or NO
0 - 60
YES or NO
No, 030 10
Helix red. width bn
0-1 mm
Tolerances on Dc
or Dc2
zc
l2
ap
l3
Recess
Recess diameter D4
dmm
h9, h10 or e8
Corner mod.
ch1
r
Shank type
(number of teeth) 1 - (=Dc)

< 180 mm
< 5 Dc
< 140 mm
YES (state D4) or NO
Min D4 = (Dc or Dc2) - 2 mm
6; 6.35; 8; 9.525; 10; 12; 12.7; 14;
15.875; 16; 18; 19.05; 20; 25; 32 mm
YES (state radius or chamfer) or NO
45 0.1 - 2 mm
< Dc/2
Cylindrical shank - CYL and
Weldon shank - W
Milling
If problems should occur milling with solid carbide endmills

Problem
Solution
Tool wear
Possible cause
Possible remedy
Excessive wear (ank).

Short tool life.
Vibrations.
Recutting of chips.
Burr formation on component.
Poor surface nish.
Heat generation.
Excessive noise.
Increase feed (fz).

Downmilling.
Evacuate chips effectively by
compressed air.
Check recommended cutting data.
Tool run-out.
Vibrations.
Short tool life.
Bad surface nish.
High noise level.
Reduce run-out below 0,02 mm.(*)

Check chuck and collet.
Minimize tool protrusion.(**)
Uneven wear (ank).

Corner damage.
Too high radial forces.
Less teeth in cut.

Larger tool diameter.
High helix geometry (gp 45).
Split axial cutting depth (ap) in more
than one pass.
Reduce fz.
Reduce vc.
HSM requires shallow passes.
Improve clamping of tool and work
piece.
Use CoroGrip power chuck.
Overloding of the tool.

Tool breakage.
Corner damage.
Chip jamming especially critical

in full slotting and long chipping
materials.
Two or maximum three uted tools.
Edge chipping.
Recutting of chips harmful for

tool life and security.
Split axial cuttingdepth (ap) in more

than one pass. (= reduce ap).
Reduce tool protrusion.
Reduce fz.
Largest tool diameter.
Evacuate chips effectively by compressed air or copious cuttinguid
ow.
Smearing and built up edge (BUE).
Poor surface nish.

Edge fractures.
Oil mist or cutting uid.
G
Work piece errors
Possible cause
Possible remedy
Poor surface nish and burr

generation.
Vibrations.
Check tool wear.

Check holder run out.
Use CoroGrip chuck.
Poor form accuracy and

tolerances.(*)
Tool deection.
Reduce axial depth of cut (ap).

Reduce tool protrusion.
Up milling in nishing.
D 159
Milling
Regrinding solid carbide endmills

General information
Regrinding of solid endmills is recommended when the cutting edge has chipped or the wear gets
to the point where burrs and surface nish on the workpiece become unacceptable.
Recommended maximum wear before regrinding is according to table below.
Wear
Tool diameter,
Clearance
Dc mm
4-6
7-9
10-14
15-20
25
Max. diameter wear, mm
0.05
0.07
0.09
0.14
0.20
Max. corner wear, mm
0.20
0.30
0.40
0.50
0.70
Rake
Observe that most endmills are designed with a small chamfer (= helix reduction), protecting
the corner.
The helix of the ute (lsh) is specied in mm on the shank of the tool and on the ordering pages
in this supplement. This is an exact value, also valid for a reground tool.
CNC grinding machines are generally recommended.

Controlled grinding is necessary on ball nose endmills in order to get good edge quality and
precise radius.
Manual grinding can be done on a special swinging xture, but the shape of the front will be
elliptic.
Recoating of a reground tool is always recommended to maintain high performance.
Rake grinding
Clearance diameter
Grinding wheels and grinding data

For regrinding in the ute use a dished grinding wheel form 4B9 or similar; diameter 75100
mm.
Grain size FEPA D54 D64 (230 325 mesh) and concentration 75 100.
Depth of cut 0.040.06 mm, feed 6080 mm/min and grinding wheel speed 2028 m/sec.
For regrinding the clearance on the diameter, end teeth and corner, use a cup wheel form 11V9
set according to actual gure, diameter 100150 mm.
Depth of cut max. 0.1 mm, feed 100150 mm/min and grinding wheel speed 2028 m/sec.
Grain size and concentration as above.
If the width of the clearance becomes too wide, compared to the original design, a secondary
clearance should be ground to approx. 5 greater than the rst relief angle.
Clearance front
For grinding the clearance on the ball nose endmill a cup wheel, as specied above, can be used
with the same grinding data as above. Observe the size of the chisel edge for the two different
endmill types.
For cutting off the front part of the carbide endmill, use a diamond disc and rotate the tool.
Clearance radius
H
Important!
When regrinding solid carbide endmills it is important that heat generation is avoided. Sharp
and very open (diamond) grinding wheels must be used.
Before start, dress the wheel carefully with a stone ner grained than the grinding wheel. Use
well directed coolant, emulsion minimum 3% oil. Use geometries specied on ordering pages
and always recoat.
D 160
Cutting off
Milling
Application technique
Face turn-milling
In face turn-milling one wiper insert is used to generate the
straight line contact between the cutter and the machined surface in order to create the cylindrical part of the component. To
cover the full width of the cutter, the tool has to be placed with
at least 2 offsets, rst Ew1 during rst revolution of the work
piece and then moved to Ew2 for a second cut.
If the surface is wider than the cutter diameter, stay in the rst
position and move the cutter in axial direction to required length
but not more than 80% of the aez1 per revolution, but if a 90
shoulder is required, the cutter has to move to second position,
Ew2.
Location of cutter
B
1
Width of cut
st
cu
t
C
Infeed principle
Feed the milling tool into the work piece in radial direction. The
work piece rotation speed should correspond to the feed/tooth
recommended for the insert. Outfeed the cutter axially.
CoroMill Plura
vf /2
Number of teeth zn = 4
Effective number of
teeth axially znM = 2
Ew1 = Dc / 4
Ew2 = Dc / 8
vf /2
vf
H
Cutter
diameter,
mm
D
r = 90
Dimensions, mm
c
6
8
10
12
bs1
bs2
Ew1
Ew2
aez1
aez2
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.0
1.00
1.50
1.50
2.00
1.75
2.50
2.75
3.50
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
3.75
5.50
5.99
7.75
4.56
6.50
7.39
9.33
D 161
Milling
CoroMill Plura thread milling cutters

Internal Metric/Metric Fine, M4 - >=M24
Choosing the thread milling cutter
A
Same tool for right and left hand threads.

Same tool for a wide range of thread diameters.
Full thread also close to the bottom of blind hole.
The smallest internal thread size each tool can produce is shown in the ordering information. The same thread mill can also be used for any larger size threads of that
same pitch, as indicated on the ordering sheet. The shortest possible tool is the best
choice whenever possible.
CoroMill Plura multi-tooth tools create the complete thread in only one pass. In a single
360 degree tool path, each tooth cuts one pitch, so the complete thread is formed
simultaneously.
Producing a right hand thread: The cutter is initially positioned as close as possible
to the bottom of the hole, and then moved counter-clockwise upwards in a single 360
degree path to machine one complete thread.
Producing a left hand thread: Milling a left hand thread follows
the opposite proceedure, starting in the drilled hole minimum
two pitches above the bottom and moving downwards, also in a
counter-clockwise path.
In both cases, always engage and retract the thread milling cutter
following a smooth tool path. When milling threads in hardened
steel or other difcult to cut materials, it may be necessary to
separate the operation into several passes, by reducing ae or fz.
Right hand thread
Pitch
Pitch
Thread milling requires a machine tool capable of simultaneous

helical interpolation in all axes, X-Y-Z.
The X and Y axes determine the diameter of the thread, while
the Z axis will control the pitch.
Down milling is recommended.
Programming requirements
F
Left hand thread
The cutting diameter of each tool has to be considered carefully

when the operation is programmed. An individual radius programming value RPRG is marked on the shank of the tool,
indicating the radius correction required for optimum thread
quality. This value indicates each cutters exact pitch diameter.
The RPRG value is normally entered into the tool memory offset. By using RPRG the rst thread will never be too large providing the operational conditions are good. Programming with
radius correction allows easy adjustment of the thread tolerance. In case a thread tolerance which is too tight is produced,
compensation can be applied by a small adjustment (reduction)
of the RPRG value.
Z = 1/2 P
Infeed
Z =1 P
The working cycle for milling a thread. After the

infeed and axial setting to correct dept (1 and 2), a
smooth tool engagement 180 (3) is completed,
followed by a 360 rotation when the thread is milled
(4) and then a tool retraction 180 (5).
D 162
Milling of thread 360
Axial setting to
thread depth
Smooth tool engagement, 180
Z = 1/2 P
Tool retraction, 180
Thread completed
Milling
Internal threads
Metric / Metric Fine, 60
Hardness < 48Hrc
P M K N S
Thread type:
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Chip evacuation/
cutting uid
M4 > = M24
10
dmm h6
Compressed air, dry /
emulsion or cutting oil
Internal threads
Metric / Metric Fine, 60
Hardness 48-63 Hrc

P H
Thread type:
Helix angle:
Tolerances:
Chip evacuation/
cutting uid
M4 > = M24
10
dmm h6
Compressed air, dry /
emulsion or cutting oil
D
Cutting data recommendations
The same cutting speed can be used for thread milling cutters
as for conventional end mills. The feed rate (vf) must, however
be reduced. In internal applications, the periphery of the tool
will be moving faster than the centreline of the tool. A programming of the feed rate (mm/min) on most milling machines is
based on the centre line of the spindle, this must be taken
into account to avoid shortened tool life, vibration, or complete
breakdown. In addition, thread milling cutters have a larger surface area contact than endmills of equal lengths, and often a
less favourable length to diameter ratio.
Peripheral speed
Centre line speed
F
DTh = Thread diameter
Dc = Milling cutter diameter
vf = vfm
(DTh Dc)
DTh
G
Pre-drilling recommendations when using CoroDrill Delta-C drills
Many tables containing recommended tapping drill sizes are not
valid for modern drills such as CoroDrill Delta-C, which normally
produce a slightly smaller but more accurate hole than conventional HSS drills. Using the conventional data may lead to tap
breakage.
For hole sizes larger than 20 mm, Coromant Delta and Coromant U
drills are recommended.
For chamfering use the CoroMill Plura chamfering end mill.
Recommended drill type

CoroDrill Delta
CoroDrill Delta-C
Available in diameter up
to 20 mm.
See Rotating Tools
catalogue.
Thread
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
M20
M24
Pitch, Pth
0.7
0.8
1
1
1.25
1.5
1.75
2
2
2.5
3.0
Drill dia.
3.3
4.2
5.0
6.0
6.75
8.5
10.25
12.0
14.0
17.5
21.0
D 163
Milling
CoroMill Plura thread milling cutting data

Speed and feed recommendations
The cutting data in the table below are recommended starting values for selected thread diameters.
For more specic data, together with programme for the thread to be made, use Plura Guide.
Thread mill
A
ISO
CMC
No
Hardness
HB
HRC
Unalloyed steel
01.1
125
Low alloy steel

02.2
300
High alloy steel

03.21
450
Stainless steel
D 164
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
152
132
141
0.030
0.052
0.130
141
124
131
0.018
0.029
0.069
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
147
164
173
0.012
0.086
0.089
137
153
162
0.006
0.05
0.118
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
163
164
173
0.035
0.061
0.012
151
153
162
0.015
0.049
0.118
fz mm
81
82
86
0.024
0.052
0.089
75
76
93
0.009
0.036
0.089
05.21
200
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
53
53
56
0.018
0.052
0.089
49
50
53
0.007
0.027
0.072
05.51
230
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
53
53
56
0.018
0.052
0.131
49
50
53
0.007
0.027
0.074
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
80
89
82
0.020
0.061
0.084
77
83
83
0.016
0.036
0.089
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
76
86
79
0.018
0.038
0.075
73
79
80
0.014
0.034
0.080
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
101
104
104
0.027
0.047
0.089
97
105
97
0.020
0.048
0.067
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
503
1120
1130
0.040
0.089
0.089
503
1060
1060
0.035
0.061
0.089
Malleable cast iron

07.2
Aluminium
30.11
60
30.21
95
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
434
461
467
0.040
0.061
0.089
404
432
436
0.018
0.061
0.089
33.2
150
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
273
278
282
0.028
0.053
0.089
262
260
263
0.021
0.026
0.071
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
35
37
38
0.006
0.023
0.066
35
35
38
0.003
0.013
0.063
M4
M10
M20
3.2
8.2
16
3
4
5
30
32
32
0.030
0.013
0.037
29
30
30
0.020
0.007
0.018
M4
M10
M14
3.2
8.2
12
3
4
6
55
58
59
0.012
0.037
0.089
51
54
55
0.060
0.020
0.051
M6
M10
M16
4.5
8.2
12
4
5
5
43
42
45
0.010
0.022
0.042
40
45
42
0.005
0.035*
0.021
M4
M10
M16
4.5
8.2
12
4
5
5
30
29
30
0.005
0.011
0.022
30
28
28
0.003*
0.006*
0.010

20.11
200
Titanium alloys
* reduced ae
Feed/tooth
3
4
5
Cutting speed
vc m/min
M4
M10
M20
fz mm
3.2
8.2
16
09.1
Feed/tooth
zn
M4
M10
M20
Grey cast iron
Cutting speed
vc m/min
Dc
200
08.2
Dimensions, mm
05.11
Nodular cast iron
Thread
With internal
coolant supply
Material
20.22
300
23.21
300
Hardened steel
04.1
55
04.1
60
Milling
Feed recomendations milling

FACEMILLING
r = 45
Insert
size
Insert geometry
CoroMill 245
R245
E-PL
E-ML
E-KL
Starting
value
Starting
value
(min.- max.)
(min. - max.)
0.10
(0.06 0.15)
GC2030, K20W, GC3040, GC4040

0.11 (0.070.17) CT530, H13A, H10
0.09 (0.050.12) GC1025
0.08
0.06
(0.06 0.12)
(0.035 0.085)
Light
0.17
(0.08 0.21)
0.12
(0.06 0.15)
M-PM, M-KM
M-PM, M-KM Medium
0.24
0.12
(0.10 0.28)
(0.08 0.18) CT530, H13A
0.17
0.09
(0.07 0.20)
(0.06 0.13)
K-MM
0.23
(0.10 0.28)
0.16
(0.07 0.20)
0.35
(0.10 0.42)
0.25
(0.07 0.30)
0.24
(0.10 0.28)
0.17
(0.07 0.20)
M-PH
M-KH
Light
Heavy
E-AL
R260.7
Max chip thickness,

hex (mm)
0.14 (0.080.21) GC4030, GC3020, GC2040,
M-PL
M-KL
T-MAX 45
Feed per tooth, fz (mm/tooth)
Ceramic
0.21
(0.10 0.30) CC6090
0.15
0.07 0.20
CBN
0.14
(0.07 0.21) CB50
0.10
(0.06 0.15
PCD
0.14
(0.07 0.21) CD10
0.10
(0.06 0.15
Medium
0.35
0.35
0.35
(0.10 1.0)
(0.10 0.70)
(0.10 0.70)
0.25
0.25
0.25
(0.07 0.70)
(0.07 0.50)
(0.07 0.50)
LNCX -11
-31
-32
D
AUTO
R/L260.3
TNHF-WL
TNEF-WL
TNHF-CA
TNEF-CA
TNHF-65
TNEF-65
TNJN
TNEN
TNCN
Heavy
0.17
(0.08 0.21)
0.12
(0.06 0.15)
0.24
(0.1 0.42)
0.17
(0.07 0.30)
0.24
(0.1 0.28)
0.17
(0.07 0.20)
0.35
(0.1 0.70)
0.25
(0.07 0.50)
0.24
(0.1 0.28)
0.17
(0.07 0.20)
0.18
(0.10 0.21)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
0.16
(0.08 0.21)
0.15
(0.08 0.20)
r = 75
T-Line
R/L260.75
AUTO-AF
R/L260.8
R/L260.82
LNE
LNE-PL1
N260.8-F
N260.8-L
Roughing
D 165
Milling
FACEMILLING
r = 90
Insert
geometry
M-PL
M-KL
CoroMill 290
E-PL
E-KL
E-ML
R290
R290.90
CoroMill 390
R390
(min. - max.)
Starting
value
(min. - max.)
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
(0.08 0.15)
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
(0.08 0.15)
0.06
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.09)
(0.07 0.12)
(0.08 0.15)
0.06
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.09)
(0.07 0.12)
(0.08 0.15)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
r = 2.0
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
r = 2.0
0.12
(0.08 0.15)
0.12
(0.08 0.15)
r = 2.0
0.25
(0.10 0.30)
0.25
(0.10 0.30)
Light
r = 0.8
Medium
M-PL
M-ML
M-KL
M-WL
M-PM
M-MM
M-KM
M-WM
Light
r = 0.8
Medium
Heavy
Ceramic
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
CBN
0.10
(0.05 0.18)
0.10
(0.05 0.18)
E-PL
E-ML
E-KL
E-NL
Light
11
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.20
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.10
0.12)
0.15)
0.12)
0.30)
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.20
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.10
M-PL
M-KL
Light
11
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
(0.08 0.15)
0.08
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
(0.08 0.15)
E-PL
E-ML
E-KL
E-NL
Light
17
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.20
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.10
0.12)
0.15)
0.12)
0.30)
M-PL
M-KL
E-PM
E-MM
E-KM
M-PM
M-MM
M-KM
Light
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.13
0.12
(0.05
(0.08
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
0.15)
0.15)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.08
0.10
0.08
0.20
0.08
0.10
0.10
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.13
0.12
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.10
(0.05
(0.08
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
0.12)
0.15)
0.12)
0.30)
0.15)
0.15)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.10
0.15
0.15
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.10
0.15
0.15
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
(0.08
(0.08
(0.12
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
0.15)
0.20)
0.20)
17
Medium
11
Medium
11
Medium
17
Medium
17
0.12)
0.15)
0.12)
0.30)
Heavy
11
0.12
0.16
0.15
(0.08 0.20)
(0.08 0.22)
(0.12 0.22)
0.12
0.16
0.15
(0.08 0.20)
(0.08 0.22)
(0.12 0.22)
Heavy
17
Light
18
0.20
0.20
0.10
0.10
0.10
(0.15
(0.15
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
0.35)
0.35)
0.19)
0.19)
0.19)
0.20
0.20
0.10
0.10
0.10
(0.15
(0.15
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
0.35)
0.35)
0.19)
0.19)
0.19)
Medium
18
PCD
11
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.15
(0.08
(0.08
(0.08
(0.10
0.30)
0.30)
0.30)
0.25)
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.15
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.10
0.19)
0.19)
0.19)
0.25)
PCD
17
0.15
(0.10 0.25)
0.15
(0.10 0.25)
M-PH
M-KH
H-PL
H-ML
H-KL
M-PM
M-MM
M-KM
Starting
value
Insert
size
M-PM
M-KM
M-KM
E-PM
E-MM
E-KM
M-PM
M-MM
M-KM
M-PH
M-MH
M-KH
Max chip thickness,

hex (mm)
Light
M-PH
M-KH
M-WH
Feed per tooth,

fz (mm/tooth)
CoroMill Century
R590
H
CoroMill 790
R790
-NL
CD10
0.15
(0.05 0.30)
0.15
(0.05 0.30)
-NL
H10
0.20
(0.10 0.40)
0.20
(0.10 0.40)
H-NM
16
0.3
(0.10 0.40)
0.3
(0.10 0.40)
H-NL
22
0.3
(0.10 0.40)
0.3
(0.10 0.40)
0.6
(0.20 0.60)
0.6
(0.20 0.60)
H-NM
D 166
Milling
FACEMILLING
r = 90
AUTO-FS
R/L262.4
R/L262.42
Insert
geometry
SBEN
SBEX
SBEX-11
Insert
size
Feed per tooth,

fz (mm/tooth)
Max chip thickness,

hex (mm)
Starting
value
Starting
value
0.17
Finishing
(min. - max.)
(0.1 0.3)
0.17
(min. - max.)
(0.1 0.2)
A
T-Line
R260.90
CDE
0.17
Roughing
(0.1 0.2)
0.17
(0.1 0.3)
ROUND
B
-PL
-ML
-KL
CoroMill 200
R200
-PM
-KM
-MM
-WM
-PH
-KH
-WH
Light
Medium
12
Ceramic 12-16
E-PM
E-MM
CoroMill 300
Medium
R300
M-PM
M-MM
Medium
M-PH
M-MH
M-KH
Heavy
(0.07 0.17)
0.08
(0.05 0.12)
0.24
(0.10 0.28)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
Heavy
CBN
0.11
0.35
(0.10 0.42)
0.25
(0.10 0.30)
0.14
(0.07 0.21)
0.10
(0.05 0.15)
0.28
(0.10 0.42)
0.20
(0.07 0.30)
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
(0.05
5
7
8
10
12
16
0.12
0.12
0.17
0.23
0.23
0.23
(0.12 0.35)
0.08
0.10
0.13
0.18
0.18
0.2
8
10
12
16
0.15
0.19
0.17
0.2
(0.12 0.23)
(0.13 0.31)
(0.12 0.29)
(0.12 0.29)
0.13
0.15
0.15
0.18
(0.07 0.2)
(0.07 0.25)
(0.07 0.25)
(0.07 0.25)
8
10
12
16
0.17
0.25
0.23
0.29
(0.12 0.29)
(0.13 0.38)
(0.12 0.35)
(0.12 0.35)
0.15
0.2
0.2
0.25
(0.07 0.25)
(0.07 0.3)
(0.07 0.3)
(0.07 0.4)
0.12)
0.15)
0.20)
0.25)
0.25)
0.3)
PROFILING
CoroMill Ball Nose
R216
-12 .. M-M
-16 .. M-M
-20 .. M-M
-25 .. M-M
-30 .. M-M
-32 .. M-M
-40 .. M-M
-50 .. M-M
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.25
(0.08-0.15)
(0.08-0.15)
(0.08-0.18)
(0.08-0.18)
(0.08-0.20)
(0.08-0.20)
(0.10-0.30)
(0.10-0.30)
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.25
(0.08-0.21)
(0.08-0.21)
(0.08-0.25)
(0.08-0.25)
(0.08-0.28)
(0.08-0.28)
(0.10-0.42)
(0.10-0.42)
-10 .. E-M
-12 .. E-M
-16 .. E-M
-20 .. E-M
-25 .. E-M
-30 .. E-M
-32 .. E-M
-40 .. E-M
-50 .. E-M
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.20
(0.05-0.15)
(0.05-0.15)
(0.05-0.15)
(0.05-0.18)
(0.05-0.18)
(0.05-0.20)
(0.05-0.20)
(0.05-0.25)
(0.05-0.25)
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.15
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.20
(0.05-0.21)
(0.05-0.21)
(0.05-0.21)
(0.05-0.25)
(0.05-0.25)
(0.05-0.28)
(0.05-0.28)
(0.05-0.35)
(0.05-0.35)
D 167
Milling
PROFILING
Feed per tooth,

fz (mm/tooth)
Insert
geometry
R216F
Insert
size
-08 .. E-L
-10 .. E-L
-12 .. E-L
-16 .. E-L
-20 .. E-L
-25 .. E-L
-30 .. E-L
-32 .. E-L
Max chip thickness,

hex (mm)
Starting
value
(min. - max.)
0.12
0.12
0.15
0.17
0.17
0.20
0.20
0.20
(0.10-0.25)
(0.10-0.25)
(0.15-0.35)
(0.15-0.35)
(0.15-0.35)
(0.15-0.40)
(0.15-0.40)
(0.15-0.40)
Starting
value
0.07
0.07
0.09
0.11
0.11
0.13
0.13
0.13
(min. - max.)
(0.05-0.18)
(0.05-0.18)
(0.07-0.22)
(0.07-0.25)
(0.07-0.25)
(0.07-0.29)
(0.07-0.29)
(0.07-0.29)
SLOT MILLING
Insert
geometry
SIDE- AND FACEMILLS

CoroMill 331
N/R331.32
R331.35
R/L331.52
-PL, ML, -KL,

-WL, -NL
-PM, -MM, -KM, -WM
Average chip thickness,

hm(mm)
Max chip thickness,

hex(mm)
Insert size
Recommended
(min. - max.)
Recommended
04. 05
0.05
(0.02 0.15)
0.10
08. 11. 14
0.06
(0.03 0.15
0.12
(0.08 0.15)
04. 05
0.07
(0.04 0.18)
0.13
(0.08 0.20)
08. 11. 14
0.09
(0.05 0.20)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
(min. - max.)
(0.05 0.15)
RCHT/RCKT
-PL, ML, -KL
0.11
(0.07 0.17)
0.08
(0.05 0.12)
-WM, -PM, -MM -KM
0.24
(0.10 0.28)
0.17
(0.10 0.20)
-WH, -KH, -PH
0.35
(0.10 0.42)
0.25
(0.10 0.30)
0.06
0.08
0.08
(0.02 0.08)
(0.02 0.13)
(0.02 0.13)
E
T-MAX Q-Cutter
For slitting
330.20
D 168
330.20 -AA
-AA
-XE
24
56
0.030
0.05
0.05
(0.01 0.12)
(0.02 0.14)
(0.02 0.14)
Milling
Productivity parameters in HSM and 3D milling

Calculation of true cutting speed in HSM applications
True cutting speed and the consequence on rev/min and

feed speed
CoroMill 300
Dc = 6 mm
Dc = 6 mm
De = D3 iC + iC2 (iC 2 x ap)2
ve = 250 m/min
n = 36 942 rpm
vc = 250 m/min
n = 13 262 rpm
CoroMill Ball nose

De = 2 ap (Dc-ap)
D3
ap
Effective cutting speed (ve)

ve =
De
x n x De
1000
ap = 0.2 mm
Dc = De = 6 mm
De = 2.15 mm
m/min
To get a correct vc, vf and an optimised productivity it is important to dene

the effective diameter in cut De.
Round or radius insert cutters the entering angle as a

function of cutting depth ap
The linear dependence between cutting speed and feed rate results in high
feeds with high speeds. To compensate for a smaller diameter the spindle
speed (rev/min) must be increased to keep the same cutting speed and the
increased spindle speed gives higher feed speed vf.
Compensated vc due to low ae /ap

Ex. Solid carbide endmill dia.10 mm, alloy steel , 300 HB
Conventional
machining
vc
1 400
1 200
ap = ae
1 000
ap = 1
800
600
400
HSM, shallow cut
200
ae /ap
0
0
The typical shallow cut in HSM gives low cutting forces and deection. The heat
generated into the cutting material and component is greatly reduced. The chip
thinning effect is dramatic and gives a possibility to increase speed and feed
radically.
Max. rev/min, nmax, related to tool outstick

n max
In nishing with HSM it is possible to increase the cutting speed, vc, by a factor
of 35 compared with conventional milling. This is due to the extremly short
contact time between the cutting edge and the component. The heat generated
is very small and so is the amount of efcient work per revolution. This normally
gives a very long tool life, which in turn opens for big productivity improvements,
as the feed speed is dependant of the cutting speed vc. Very typical ae/ap
values in nishing with HSM ranges round 0.2/0.2 mm.
fz
0.50
D3 = 20
0.45
R300-1032
30 000
D3 = 15
0.40
R300-0724
D3 = 12
0.35
R300-0720
0.30
vf
fz = n z
n
0.25
15 000
0.20
10 000
0.15
5 000
0.10
0
0
50
100
150
200
250
Tool
outstick,mm
The graph shows three examples on max spindle speed, nmax, due to
outstick and tool diameter for CoroMill 300. There are two critical factors for
the nmax at HSM:
1. Insert movement in the tip seat (nmax recommendations are always given
with a safety factor).
2. The dynamic rigidity of the tool.
The graph show the dynamic rigidity. This is also an important safety
consideration in HSM which always should be taken into account.
35 000
20 000
10
Feed/tooth related to ae/ap in HSM
40 000
25 000
mm
0.05
ae/ap
0.00
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6 1.8
2.0 mm
Graph showing an example of increased feed/tooth, fz, for CoroMill 300 round
insert cutters (three different sizes) according to formula above.
The thin chip at low depth of cut, gives a big productivity increase, especially
in semi-nishing and nishing operations with HSM technology.
D 169
Milling
Cutting speed recommendations

100 mm
125 mm
Milling with large engagement

ISO
CMC
No.
Material
Conditions:
Cutter, dia. 125 mm, centered
over the workpiece. Working
engagement 100 mm
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
530
0.1 0.15 0.2
ISO
mc
0.05 0.1 0.2
Cutting speed, vc m / min
Steel
01.1
01.2
01.3
01.4
01.5
Unalloyed
C = 0.10 0.25%
C = 0.25 0.55%
C = 0.55 0.80%
1500
1600
1700
1800
2000
125
150
170
210
300
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
430 390 350

385 350 315
365 330 300
315 290 260
235 210 195
340 310 255

305 280 230
290 260 215
250 230 185
185 170 140
02.1
02.2
Low-alloyed
Non-hardened
1700
2000
175
300
0.25
0.25
300 275 245

180 165 150
240 215 180

145 130 105
03.11
03.13
03.21
03.22
High-alloyed
(alloying elements >5%)
Annealed
Hardened tool steel
1950
2150
2900
3100
200
200
300
380
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
230 205 185

190 170 155
165 150 135
105 95 85
180 165 135

150 135 110
130 120 100
80 75 60
06.1
06.2
06.3
Castings
Unalloyed
Low-alloy (alloying elements 5 %)
High-alloy, alloying elements > 5 %)
1400
1600
1950
150
200
200
0.25
0.25
0.25
305 280 250

245 220 200
180 160 145
245 220 180

195 175 145
140 130 105
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
530
1025
Max chip thickness, hex mm

0.1 0.15 0.2
1025
mc
0.05 0.1 0.2
Stainless steel
05.11
05.12
05.13
Ferritic/martensitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
1800
2800
2300
200
330
330
0.21
0.21
0.21
285 255 230

205 185 165
215 190 170
255 225 180

180 160 130
185 165 135
05.21
05.22
Austenitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
2000
2800
200
330
0.21
0.21
265 240 215

200 175 160
250 225 180

170 155 125
05.51
05.52
Austenitic-ferritic
(Duplex)
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
2000
2400
230
260
0.21
0.21
260 235 210

230 205 185
205 185 145

175 155 125
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
1700
2500
2100
200
330
330
0.25
0.25
0.25
255 230 205

180 160 145
195 175 155
225 200 160

155 140 115
170 155 120
Austenitic
PH-hardened
1800
2500
200
330
0.25
0.25
255 225 205

180 160 145
235 210 170

160 140 115
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
1800
2200
230
260
0.25
0.25
245 220 195

215 190 170
195 175 140

160 145 115
Stainless steel Cast

15.11
15.12
15.13
15.21
15.22
15.51
15.52
ISO
CMC
No.
Austenitic
Austenitic-ferritic (Duplex)
Material
2)
N / mm2
HB
CB50
mc
6090
0.1 0.2 0.3

0.1 0.15 0.2
Malleable cast iron

800
900
130
230
0.28
0.28
08.1
08.2
Grey cast iron

900
1100
180
245
0.28
0.28
845 725 620

910 780 665
1320 1085 890

1045 860 705
09.1
09.2
Nodular cast iron
Ferritic
Pearlitic
900
1350
160
250
0.28
0.28
495 420 360
920 755 620

760 625 515
4560 entering angle, positive cutting geometry and coolant should be used.
Rm = ultimate tensile strength measured in MPa.
D 170
Hardness
Brinell
07.1
07.2
1)
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
1190 975 805

980 805 660
Milling
4030
4040
3040
2030
2040
SM30
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.05 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.4
4020
0.1 0.2 0.3
490 405 330

440 360 295
415 340 280
365 300 245
270 220 180
365 300 245

325 270 220
310 255 210
270 220 180
200 165 135
310 255 170

280 230 155
260 215 145
230 190 125
170 140 95
390 320 260

350 285 235
330 270 220
290 235 195
215 175 145
325 265 220

290 240 195
275 225 185
240 200 165
175 145 120
295 240 165

265 215 145
250 205 135
220 180 120
160 130 90
265 230 170

240 205 150
225 195 145
195 170 125
145 125 90
345 285 230

205 170 140
255 210 170

155 125 105
215 180 120

130 105 70
275 225 185

165 135 110
225 185 155

135 110 90
205 170 115

125 100 70
185 160 120

110 95 70
300 245 200

215 180 145
190 155 125
120 95 80
195 160 130

160 130 110
140 115 95
85 70 60
165 135
135 110
120 100
75 60
90
75
65
41
205 170 140

170 140 115
150 125 100
95 75 65
170 140 115

140 115 95
125 100 85
75 65 50
155 130
125 105
110 90
70 55
140 120
115 100
105 90
65 55
350 290 235

280 230 190
205 170 140
260 215 175

205 170 140
150 125 100
220 180 120

175 145 95
130 105 70
280 230 190

220 180 150
160 135 110
230 190 155

185 150 125
135 110 90
210 170 115

170 140 95
120 100 70
2040
4030
4040
SM30
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.4
240 190 155

170 135 110
175 140 115
240 190 155

165 130 105
175 140 110
275 220 175

190 150 120
200 160 125
210 170 110

140 110 70
160 125 80
185 160 115

105 90 65
110 95 70
235 190 150

165 130 105
200 160 130

160 125 100
185 150 95
135 105 70
170 150 110

100 85 65
195 155 125

165 130 105
170 135 105

135 110 85
170 135 85
135 110 70
165 145 105

130 110 80
215 170 135

150 120 95
160 130 105
210 170 135

145 115 90
160 130 100
185 150 95
120 100 65
145 115 75
165 140 105

90 80 60
100 85 65
225 180 145

150 120 95
190 155 125

145 115 90
180 140 90
125 100 65
165 140 105

90 80 60
185 150 120

150 120 95
160 125 100

130 100 80
160 125 80
125 100 65
160 135 100

115 105 75
2030
85
70
60
38
90
75
65
41
190 165 120

150 130 95
110 95 70

0.05 0.15 0.25
E
245 195 155
165 130 105
180 145 115
3040
K20W
4020
4030
4040
H13A
K20D
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.4
0.1 0.2 0.4
265 220 180

220 180 150
240 195 135

200 165 110
255 210 170

210 170 140
255 210 170

210 170 140
215 175 145

175 145 120
195 160 110

160 130 90
120 105 75
100 85 65
305 253 207

253 207 173
290 240 195

235 190 155
260 215 145

210 170 115
290 240 195

220 180 150
275 225 185

220 180 150
230 190 155

185 155 125
215 175 120

170 140 95
130 110 85
105 90 65
334 276 224

270 219 178
180 150 125

170 140 115
165 135 90
150 125 85
175 140 115

160 130 110
175 140 115

160 130 110
145 120 100

135 110 90
135 110 75
125 100 70
80 70 50
75 65 48
207 173 144

196 161 132
3020
0.1 0.2 0.3
D 171
Milling

100 mm
125 mm
Milling with large engagement

ISO
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
Conditions:
Cutter, dia. 125 mm, centered
over the workpiece. Working
engagement 100 mm
CD10
0.1 0.15 0.2
N / mm
30.11
Aluminium alloys
30.12
HB
mc

non-aging
400
60
1880 1740 1615
940 870 805
650
100
1695 1570 1455
845 785 725
1880 1745 1615

1695 1570 1455
940 870 810

845 785 730
30.21
30.22
Aluminium alloys
Cast, non-aging
600
700
75
90
30.3
Aluminium alloys
Al >99%
350
30
1890 1755 1625
945 875 810
30.41
30.42
Aluminium alloys
Cast, 1315% Si
Cast, 1622% Si
700
700
130
130
755 700 650

565 525 485
380 350 325

285 265 245
33.1
33.2
33.3
Copper and copper

alloys

Bronze and non-leadad copper incl.
electrolytic copper
550
550
1350
110
90
100
945 875 810

940 875 810
660 610 565
470 435 405

470 435 405
325 305 285
CMC
No.
Material
1025
H13A
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
mc

Iron base

2400
2500
200
280
0.25
0.25
65 60 55
50 43 40
60 55 50
44 41 38
20.21
20.22
20.24
Nickel base

2650
2900
3000
250
350
320
0.25
0.25
0.25
65 55 50
40 34 32
49 42 39
55 55 49
35 33 30
44 41 38
20.31
20.32
20.33
Cobalt base

2700
3000
3100
200
300
320
0.25
0.25
0.25
28 22 20
20 16 14
18 14 13
23 21 18
17 15 13
16 14 13

+ alloys in aged cond., alloys, annealed
or aged
1300
1400
1400
400
950
1050
0.23
0.23
0.23
140 120 110

75 65 60
60 50 48
125 115 110

65 60 55
55 49 46
Rm2)
Titanium alloys1)
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
CB50
D 172
6090

0.07 0.12 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
20.11
20.12
23.1
23.21
23.22
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.05 0.15 0.2
H10
mc
0.07 0.12 0.2
04.1
Extra hard steel
4200
59 HRC
0.25
160 140 115
85 75 60
10.1
Chilled cast iron
2200
400
0.28
310 270 215
160 140 115
Milling
CT530
1025
H10F
H13A
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2

0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
Cutting speed, vc m/min

1035 960 890
985 915 845
940 870 805
750 695 645
930 865 800
890 825 765
845 785 725
675 630 580
1035 960 890

930 865 800
985 915 850

890 825 765
940 870 810

845 785 730
750 695 645

680 630 580
1040 965 895
995 920 855
945 875 810
755 700 650
415 385 355

310 290 270
395 370 340

300 275 255
380 350 325

285 265 245
300 280 260

225 210 195
520 480 445

520 480 445
365 335 310
495 460 425

495 460 425
345 320 295
470 435 405

470 435 405
330 305 285
375 350 325

375 350 325
265 245 225
2030
2040
0.05 0.15 0.2
0.05 0.15 0.25
H10F

0.1 0.15 0.2
55 50 47
40 37 35
65 55 50
46 40 37
65 55 46
46 40 34
50 48 45
32 30 27
40 37 34
60 50 48
37 32 30
45 39 36
60 50 44
37 32 27
45 39 34
22 19 17
15 14 12
14 13 12
26 21 18
19 15 13
17 14 12
26 21 17
19 15 12
17 14 11
115 105 100

60 55 50
49 45 42
130 115 105

70 60 55
55 48 45
130 115 95
70 60 50
55 48 42
530
4020
3020
3040
1025
0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.25
0.07 0.12 0.2

0.07 0.1 0.2

80 75 55
55 47 36
65 55 42
44 33 29
41 35 29
155 140 110
100 90 70
120 105 80
85 65 55
75 70 55
D 173
Milling

10 mm
25 mm
Milling with small engagement

ISO
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
Conditions:
Sidemilling, cutter dia. 25 mm.
Working engagement 10 mm.
0.1 0.15 0.2
ISO
mc
0.05 0.1 0.2
Steel
01.1
01.2
01.3
01.4
01.5
Unalloyed
C = 0.10 0.25%
C = 0.25 0.55%
C = 0.55 0.80%
1500
1600
1700
1800
2000
125
150
170
210
300
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
500 490 480

450 440 430
425 415 405
370 360 355
275 265 260
365 360 345

330 325 310
310 305 290
270 265 255
200 200 190
02.1
02.2
Low-alloyed
Non-hardened
1700
2000
175
330
0.25
0.25
350 345 335

210 205 200
260 255 240

155 150 145
03.11
03.13
03.21
03.22
High-alloyed
(alloying elements >5%)
Annealed
Hardened tool steel
1950
2150
2900
3100
200
200
300
380
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
265 260 255

220 215 210
195 190 185
120 120 115
195 190 185

160 160 150
140 140 135
90 85 85
06.1
06.2
06.3
Castings
Unalloyed
Low-alloy (alloying elements 5 %)
High-alloy, alloying elements > 5 %)
1400
1600
1950
150
200
200
0.25
0.25
0.25
360 350 340

285 280 275
210 205 200
265 260 245

210 205 195
155 150 145
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
530
1025

0.1 0.15 0.2
1025
530
mc
0.05 0.1 0.2
Stainless steel
05.11
05.12
05.13
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
1800
2800
2300
200
330
330
0.21
0.21
0.21
340 335 325

245 240 235
255 250 240
275 270 260

195 190 180
205 200 190
05.21
05.22
Austenitic
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
2000
2800
200
330
0.21
0.21
320 310 305

235 230 225
270 265 255

190 185 175
05.51
05.52
Austenitic-ferritic
(Duplex)
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
2000
2400
230
260
0.21
0.21
310 305 295

275 270 260
225 220 210

190 185 175
Non-hardened
PH-hardened
Hardened
1700
2500
2100
200
330
330
0.25
0.25
0.25
305 295 290

215 210 205
235 225 220
245 240 230

170 170 160
185 180 175
Austenitic
PH-hardened
1800
2500
200
330
0.25
0.25
300 295 290

215 210 205
260 255 240

170 170 160
Non-weldable 0.05%C
Weldable <0.05%C
1800
2200
230
260
0.25
0.25
295 285 280

255 250 245
215 210 200

175 175 165
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
3020
3040
N / mm2
HB
Stainless steel Cast

15.11
15.12
15.13
15.21
15.22
15.51
15.52
ISO
CMC
No.
Austenitic
Austenitic-ferritic (Duplex)
Material

0.1 0.15 0.25
2)
Malleable cast iron

800
900
130
230
0.28
0.28
310 305 290

255 250 240
280 270 255

230 220 210
08.1
08.2
Grey cast iron

900
1100
180
245
0.28
0.28
340 330 320

270 265 255
305 290 280

245 235 225
09.1
09.2
Nodular cast iron
Ferritic
Pearlitic
900
1350
160
250
0.28
0.28
210 210 200

200 195 185
190 185 175

180 170 165
4560 entering angle, positive cutting geometry and coolant should be used.
Rm = ultimate tensile strength measured in MPa.
D 174
0.1 0.2 0.3
07.1
07.2
1)
mc
Milling
4030
4040
3040
2030
2040
P10A
0.1 0.15 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.15 0.3
0.05 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.05 0.1 0.15
4020
SM30

0.1 0.15 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
Cutting speed, vc m /min

570 560 525
515 505 470
485 475 445
425 415 390
315 305 285
425 415 390

380 375 350
360 350 330
315 305 285
230 225 215
360 345 330

325 310 295
305 290 280
265 255 245
200 190 180
455 445 415

410 400 375
385 375 355
335 330 310
250 245 230
350 335 320

315 300 290
295 285 270
260 250 240
190 185 175
340 330 315

310 295 280
290 275 265
255 245 235
185 180 170
500 385 300

450 335 250
300 290 280

270 260 250
255 245 240
220 215 210
165 160 155
400 395 370

240 235 220
295 290 275

180 175 165
255 240 230

150 145 140
320 310 290

190 185 175
245 235 225

145 140 135
240 230 220

145 140 135
400 285 200

330 245 180
210 205 195

125 120 120
350 340 320

255 245 230
220 215 200
135 135 125
225 220 205

185 185 170
165 160 150
100 100 95
190 185 175

160 150 145
140 135 125
85 85 80
240 235 220

200 195 185
175 170 160
110 105 100
185 175 170

150 145 140
135 125 120
85 80 75
185 175 165

150 140 135
130 125 120
80 80 75
325 255
200
160 155 150

130 130 125
115 110 110
70 70 65
410 400 375

325 320 300
240 235 220
305 295 280

240 235 220
175 175 160
260 245 235

205 195 190
150 145 140
325 315 295

260 255 235
190 185 175
250 235 225

200 190 185
145 140 135
240 230 220

200 185 180
145 135 130
215 205 200

170 165 160
125 120 115
2040
4030
4040
SM30
P10A
0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.05 0.1 0.15
265 250 240

185 175 170
195 185 175
285 280 265

195 190 180
205 200 190
325 320 305

225 220 210
235 230 220
250 240 230

165 160 150
190 180 170
210 200 195

120 115 110
125 120 115
200 170 150
255 245 235

180 170 160
240 235 220

190 185 175
220 210 200

160 150 145
195 185 180

115 110 105
170 145 120
215 205 195

180 170 160
200 195 185

160 155 150
200 190 180

160 155 145
190 180 175

145 140 135
235 225 215

160 155 145
175 165 160
255 245 235

170 165 160
190 185 175
225 210 200

145 140 130
175 165 155
185 180 175

105 100 95
115 110 105
245 235 220

160 155 145
230 225 215

170 170 160
210 200 190

145 140 135
185 180 170

105 100 95
205 195 185

165 160 150
190 185 175

150 150 140
190 180 170

145 140 135
180 175 165

135 130 125
2030

0.05 0.15 0.25
4020
4030
290 285 270

195 190 185
215 210 200
4040
P10A
H13A
CB50
F
6090
K20W

0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.15 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.05 0.1 0.15
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.2 0.3
0.1 0.2 0.3
1385 1330 1275

1145 1095 1050
295 285 270

245 235 225
1080 1045 1010

1165 1125 1085
1535 1470 1410

1220 1165 1115
340 325 315

260 245 235
630 610 590
1075 1030 985

890 850 815
200 195 185

185 180 170

295 290 280
245 240 230
250 245 235

205 200 190
225 215 210

185 180 170
450 345 260

450 395 340
135 130 125

110 110 105
320 315 300

260 250 240
270 265 255

215 210 205
250 235 225

200 190 180
400 320 255
145 145 140

120 115 110
200 195 190

185 185 175
170 165 160

160 155 150
155 150 140

145 140 130
500 465 430

350 290 240
95 90 85
85 85 80
D 175
Milling

10 mm
25 mm
Milling with small engagement

ISO
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
Conditions:
Sidemilling, cutter dia. 25 mm.
Working engagement 10 mm.
530
1025

0.1 0.15 0.2
30.11
Aluminium alloys
30.12
mc
0.1 0.15 0.2

non-aging
400
60
1165 1145 1125
1110 1090 1075
650
100
1050 1030 1015
1000 985 970
1165 1145 1125

1050 1030 1015
1110 1095 1075
30.21
30.22
Aluminium alloys
Cast, non-aging
600
700
75
90
30.3
Aluminium alloys
Al >99%
350
30
1170 1150 1135
1120 1100 1080
30.41
30.42
Aluminium alloys
Cast, 1315% Si
Cast, 1622% Si
700
700
130
130
470 460 455

350 345 340
445 440 430

335 330 325
33.1
33.2
33.3
Copper and copper

alloys

Bronze and non-leadad copper incl. electrolytic copper
550
550
1350
110
90
100
585 575 565

585 575 565
405 400 395
560 550 540

555 550 540
390 385 375
CMC
No.
Material
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
1025
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.05 0.15 0.2
mc

20.11
20.12
Iron base

2400
2500
200
280
0.25
0.25
70 70 70
55 50 50
70 65 65
49 48 48
20.21
20.22
20.24
Nickel base

2650
2900
3000
250
350
320
0.25
0.25
0.25
70 65 65
42 41 40
50 50 50
65 65 60
40 39 38
49 49 48
20.31
20.32
20.33
Cobalt base

2700
3000
3100
200
300
320
0.25
0.25
0.25
30 29 28
21 20 20
20 19 18
28 27 26
20 20 19
19 19 18

+ alloys in aged cond., alloys, annealed
or aged
1300
1400
1400
0.23
0.23
0.23
150 145 140

80 75 75
65 60 60
140 140 135

75 70 70
60 60 60
Rm2)
Titanium alloys1)
23.1
23.21
23.22
CMC
No.
Material
400
950
1050
Specic
cutting
force
kc 1
Hardness
Brinell
N / mm2
HB
530
4020

0.07 0.12 0.2
H
G
D 176
H13A
mc
0.07 0.12 0.25
04.1
Extra hard steel
4200
59 HRC
0.25
95 90 85
65 60 60
10.1
Chilled cast iron
2200
400
0.28
180 175 165
125 120 115
Milling
H10F
H13A
CD10
CD03
CD30
H13A

0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2
0.1 0.15 0.2

1060 1040 1025
845 830 820
2496 2454 2413
2115 2080 2045 2369 2330 2290
1060 1040 1025
955 935 920
765 750 740
2248 2213 2177
1905 1875 1845 2134 2100 2066
955 935 920
1060 1040 1025

955 940 925
845 835 820

765 750 740
2496 2454 2419 215 2080 2050 2369 2330 2296

2254 2213 2177 1910 1875 1845 2139 2100 2066
1060 1040 1025

995 940 925
1065 1045 1030
850 840 825
2513 2472 2431 2130 2095 2060 2386 2346 2307
1065 1045 1030
425 420 410

320 315 310
340 335 330

255 250 245
1003 985 974

755 743 732
952 935 924

717 706 694
425 420 410

320 315 310
530 520 515

530 520 515
370 365 360
425 420 410

425 415 410
295 290 285
1251 1233 1210 1060 1045 1025 1187 1170 1148

1251 1233 1210 1060 1045 1025 1187 1170 1148
873 861 844 740 730 715 829 818 801
530 520 515

530 520 515
370 365 360
H10F
2030
850 835 825

640 630 620
2040

0.1 0.15 0.2
0.05 0.15 0.2
0.05 0.15 0.25
60 60 60
45 45 44
65 65 65
49 47 47
65 65 60
49 47 46
60 60 55
36 35 35
45 44 43
65 60 60
39 38 37
48 47 46
65 60 60
39 38 37
48 47 45
26 25 24
18 18 17
17 17 16
28 27 26
20 20 19
19 18 17
28 27 26
20 20 19
19 18 17
130 125 125

65 65 65
55 55 55
140 135 135

75 70 70
60 60 55
140 135 130

75 70 70
60 60 55
3040
1025
3020
P10A
CB50

0.1 0.2 0.25
0.1 0.2 0.25
0.07 0.12 0.2
0.05 0.1 0.15
0.07 0.12 0.2
150 90 55
190 185 175

75 75 70
55 50 49
47 46 44
145 140 135
100 95 95
90 85 85
355 345 330
D 177
Milling
MILLING grades
P
Steel
Basic grades
A
GC4030 (HC) P25 (P10 P40)

Coated carbide grade for light to heavy
milling (both wet and dry) in unalloyed and
low alloyed steels with hardness up to HB
300 at medium to high speeds.
GC4040 (HC) P40 (P25 P50)
Coated carbide grade for toughness demanding operations in steel milling. Also
very suitable for small batch production of
mixed materials. Works well both with or
without coolant at low to medium speeds.
SM30 (HW) P30 (P20 P40)

Uncoated carbide grade for medium to
rough milling at low to moderate cutting
speed. Good edge security in hard materials and at unstable conditions.
GC2030 (HC) P25 (P15 P35)

PVD-coated carbide grade for milling of
low-carbon steels that tends to build up
edges. Also very suitable for 90 degree milling in mixed materials.
GC4020 (HC) P15 (P05 P25)

milling of steels at elevated temperatures
(e. g. in hardened steels or at very high
cutting speeds) for highest possible
productivity.
GC2040 (HC) P40 (P30 P50)

Coated carbide grade for milling of steels
when a combination of sharp cutting edges
and a tough grade is needed at low speeds.
Very useful for small batch production of
mixed materials.
Complementary grades
GC3040(HC) P20 (P10 P30)

Coated carbide grade with very good
abrasive wear reasistance for rough milling
of steel at medium to high speeds.
GC1025 (HC) P10 (P05 P20)

PVD-coated carbide grade for light milling
of steel. In combination with perifery ground
inserts rst choice for sticky materials e g
low-carbon steels.
P10A (HC) P10 (P05 P15)

PVD coated grade for light milling of steel.
In combination with precision ground edges
rst choice for nishing in prole milling
applications.
CT530 (HT) P20 (P05 P30)

Cermet grade for light milling operations
mainly without coolant. The high resistance
to plastic deformation and smearing built up
edges makes it suitable for a wide cutting
speed range. Ideal grade for wiper inserts.
P20A (HC) P15 (P10 P20)

PVD coated grade for milling in steel in
combination with precision ground edges.
First choice for semi-nishing and copy
milling applications or all applications where
the center of the insert is in cutting (zero
Vc). Suitable for machines with limited rpm.
F
Basic grades
01 C8
GC
1025
10
C7
20
C6
Steel
GC
4030
GC
3040
GC
2030
SM
30
GC
4040
C5
GC
2040
50
P10A
P20A
30
40
D 178
CT
530
GC
4020
Wear resistance
Toughness
ISO ANSI
Milling
Austenitic/ferritic/martensitic stainless steel
Basic grades
GC1025 (HC) M15 (M10 M20)

PVD-coated carbide grade for light milling
of stainless steel. In combination with periphery ground inserts 1st choice for sticky
and workhardening materials.
GC2030 (HC) M25 (M15 M35)
stainless steels (mainly austenitic types) at
medium to high speeds. In combination
with positive geometries also suitable for
heat resistant material and titanium.
GC2040 (HC) M30 (M20 M40)
Coated carbide grade for milling of stainless steels with abrasive tendencies e. g.
cast components, ferritic/ martensitic stainless steels and PH-steels at medium
speeds. Also useful for small batch production of mixed materials.
P10A (HC) M10 (M05-M15)
PVD coated grade for light milling of stainless steel. In combination with precision
ground edges first choice for finishing in
profile milling applications.
P20A (HC) M15 (M10-M20)
PVD coated grade for milling in stainless steel
in combination with precision ground edges.
First choice for semi-finishing and copy milling applications or all applications where the
center of the insert is in cutting (zero Vc).
Suitable for machines with limited rpm.
GC4040 (HC) M40 (M20 M40)
Coated carbide grade for medium to heavy
operations of stainless steel castings. Very
suitable for small batch production of mixed
materials.
CT530 (HT) M20 (M10 M30)

Cermet grade for light milling of austenitic/
duplex stainless steels. The high resistance
to plastic deformation/ smearing/ built-up
edges makes it suitable for a wide cutting
speed range in dry conditions.
SM30 (HW) M30 (M25 M35)
Uncoated carbide grade for medium to
rough milling at low to moderate cutting
speed. Good edge security at unstable
conditions.
GC4030 (HC) M15 (M10 M25)
milling in martensitic stainless steels.
GC3020 (HC) K20 (K10 K30)

Coated carbide grade for medium to rough
milling of grey cast iron mainly under dry
conditions. Long predictable tool life at
medium to high cutting speeds.
GC3040 (HC) K30 (K20 K40)
Coated carbide grade for toughness demanding milling of cast iron e.g. nodular
cast iron, wet conditions or high tensile
iron. Long predictable tool life at low to medium cutting speeds.
Cast iron
Basic grades
D
K20D (HC) K20 (K10 - K30)
Coated carbide with a good balance between hardness and toughness. Very good
in medium to rough milling of cast iron in
dry conditions.
GC4020 (HC) K25 (K15 K30)

milling of cast iron at medium speeds. To
complement GC3000 grades in operations
where a thinner coating gives advantages.
GC4030 (HC) K30 (K25 K35)

milling of nodular cast iron.
P10A (HC) K10 (K05-K15)

PVD coated grade for light milling of cast
iron. In combination with precision ground
edges first choice for finishing in profile
milling applications.
CB50 (BN) K05 (K01 K10)

CB50 is a cubic boron nitride tipped grade.
It gives a high edge toughness combined
with good wear resistance. CB50 is well
suited for machining of cast iron under favourable conditions.
P20A (HC) K15 (K10-K20)

PVD coated grade for milling in cast iron in
combination with precision ground edges.
First choice for semi-finishing and copy
milling applications or all applications where
the center of the insert is in cutting (zero
Vc). Suitable for machines with limited rpm.
CC6090 (CN) K10 (K05 K15)

Silicon nitride ceramic grade for light roughing to semi-finishing of grey cast iron at
high cutting speeds.
H1P (HW) K05 (K01 K10)

Uncoated carbide grade for finishing of cast
iron, bronze and brass. Also suitabe for
wiper inserts.
K20W (HC) K25 (K15-K35)

Coated carbide grade for medium to rough
milling of grey cast iron under wet conditions. To be used at low to medium speeds.
H13A (HW) K25 (K15 K30)

Uncoated carbide grade with wear resistance and toughness for light to medium milling at moderate cutting speeds. Ideal choice
for milling of ferritic nodular cast iron.
GC4040 (HC) K35 (K30 K40)

Coated carbide grade for medium to heavy
operations at low speeds where the toughness demand is big.
D 179
P10A
GC
1025
20
30
GC
2030
GC
4030
CT
530
GC
2040
GC
4040
SM
30
40
P20A
Wear resistance
10
Basic grades
Toughness
Stainless steel
ANSI
ISO
Milling
Basic grades
01 C4
CB
50
10 C3
Wear resistance
ANSI
ISO
H1P
CC
6090
P10A
30 C1
40
GC
3020
GC
3040
GC
K20W
GC
K20D
H13A
GC
4020
GC
4030
GC
4040
Toughness
Cast iron
P20A
20 C2
D 180
Milling
Non ferrous metals, plastics, wood.
Basic grades
CD10 (DP) N05 (N01 N10)

Polycrystalline diamond tipped grade for
machining of nonferrous and nonmetallic
materials. Gives long tool life, clean cut and
good surface finish.
H10 (HW) N10 (N05 N15)
Uncoated finegrained carbide grade, that
gives excellent edge sharpness, for milling
of aluminium.
CT530 (HT) N15 (N10 N25)

Cermet grade mainly recommended at high
RPM when milling aluminium thanks to the
low tendency to build up edges and low
weight of the inserts.
GC1025 (HC) N15 (N10 N25)
PVD-coated carbide grade for rough milling of aluminium alloys in combination with
ground cutting edges.
H10F (HW) N20 (N15 N25)

Uncoated carbide grade suitable for milling of aluminium alloys in combination with
"sharp" cutting edges.
H13A (HW) N15 (N10 N20)
Uncoated carbide grade suitable for milling of aluminium alloys in combination with
"sharp" cutting edges.
Heat resistant alloys and titanium alloys.
Basic grades
GC1025 (HC) S15 (S10 S20)

PVD-coated carbide grade for milling
of heat resistant superalloys at medium
speeds. Good resistance to built up edges
and plastic deformation.
H10F (HW) S30 (S25 S35)
Uncoated carbide grade with fine grain
sizes. High notch wear resistance makes it
suitable for milling of aerospace materials
e.g. titanium.
GC2030 (HC) S25 (S15 S25)

PVD-coated carbide grade for semi-finishing to light roughing of heat resistant superalloys at low speeds.
GC2040 (HC) S30 (S20 S40)

Coated carbide grade for milling of cast
heat resistant alloys.
H13A (HW) S20 (S15 S25)

Uncoated carbide grade with good abrasive
wear resistance and toughness for milling of
heat resistant alloys under moderate cutting
speeds and feeds.
Hardened steel.
Basic grades
CB50 (BN) H05 (H01 H10)

CB50 is a cubic boron nitride tipped grade.
It gives a high edge toughness combined
with good wear resistance. CB50 is well
suited for machining of hardened steel under favourable conditions.
CC6090 (CN) H10 (H05 H15)
Silicon nitride ceramic grade suitable for
semi-finishing milling of chilled cast iron at
medium to high speed.
GC4020 (HC) H25 (H15 H30)
Coated carbide grade for light roughing under favourable conditions of hardened steel
up to HRC 60. Can take high temperatures.
P10A (HC) H10 (H05 H15)

PVD coated grade for light milling of hardened steel. In combination with precision
ground edges first choice for finishing in
profile milling applications.
CT530 (HT) H25 (H10 H25)
Cermet grade for finish milling of hardened steel components at low to medium
speeds.
GC3020 (HC) H15 (H10 H20)
Coated carbide grade for rough milling of
hardened steel at fair conditions and medium speeds.
GC3040 (HC) H25 (H20 H30)

Coated carbide grade for rough milling of
hardened steel at fair conditions and low to
medium speeds.
GC1025 (HC) H15 (H10 H20)

hardened components at low feeds and
moderate speeds.
H1P (HW) H10 (H05 H15)
Uncoated carbide grade for finishing chilled
cast iron at medium speeds.
D 181
Wear resistance
20 C2
GC
1025
H13A
30 C1
Basic grades
GC
1025
H13A
GC
2030
30
40
Toughness
H10F
20
CT
530
Wear resistance
H10
GC
2040
H10F
Toughness
10
10 C3
Basic grades
ISO
Polycrystalline diamond
and polycrystalline boron
nitride are also named
superhard cutting
materials.
01 C4
Wear resistance
Boron nitride:
BN
Polycrystalline boron
nitride1).
ANSI
Non-ferrous
materials
Diamond:
DP
Polycrystalline
diamond1).
1)
Hardened
materials
CB
50
10 C3
CC
6090
CT
530
20 C2
GC
4020
The position and form of the grade

symbols indicate the suitable eld of
application.
GC
3020
GC
1025
GC
3040
30 C1
H1P
P10A
Toughness
ISO
Ceramics:
CA
Oxide ceramics
containing primarily
aluminium oxide
(Al2O3).
CM
Mixed ceramics
based on aluminium
oxide (Al2O3) but
containing
components other
than oxides.
CN
Nitride ceramics
silicon nitride (Si3N4).
CC
Ceramics as above,
but coated.
ANSI
01 C4
CD10
Heat resistant and

Titanum alloys
Hardmetals:
HW
Uncoated hardmetal
tungsten carbide
(WC).
HT
Uncoated hardmetal,
also called cermet,
titanium carbides
(TIC)
or titanium nitrides
(TIN) or both.
HC
Hardmetals as
above, but coated.
Basic grades
ISO
Letter symbols specifying

the designation of hard
cutting materials:
ANSI
Milling
Centre of the eld

of application.
Recommended eld
of application.
D 182
Milling
Uncoated Cemented Carbide HW
Cermet HT
(H1P, H10, H10F, H13A, SM30)
(CT530)
H1P - (K05, H10)

Very hard uncoated cemented carbide
containing titanium based carbides which
gives good hot hardness. Main application
area is nishing of materials such as cast
iron, bronze and brass. Also used for nishing of hardened cast iron at medium cutting
speed.
H13A (N15, S20, K25)

H13A is a fairly ne grained grade with a
very good balance between wear resistance
and toughness making it a very versatile
grade suitable for many materials and applications. Used for milling of heat resistant
alloys at moderate cutting speed and feed,
milling of aluminum alloys and nishing to
medium machining of cast iron. Suitable for
machining of nodular cast iron.
CT530 - (P20, M20, N15, H25)

Uncoated grade based on titanium carbides
and nitrides. The high degree of titanium
based hard particles gives the grade a
good hot hardness and a very low tendency
to react with smearing material. The ne
grains gives the grade an ability to maintain
sharp edges throughout the entire tool life.
Used in dry milling of steel at a wide speed
range, nishing of austenitic and duplex
stainless steel, high speed milling of
aluminum and nishing of hardened steel at
low cutting speed. Ideal grade for Wiper
inserts.
D
H10 (N10)
Uncoated cemented carbide grade. Due to
ne carbide grains this grade has an ability
to maintain sharp edges throughout the
entire tool life thus making it suitable for applications such as milling of aluminum.
SM30 (P30, M30)

A grade with tough and secure behavior
makes it a good alternative for medium
to rough milling at low to medium cutting
speed. The high amount of cobalt gives the
grade very good edgeline security in applications with a high degree of instability.
H10F (N20, S30)

Fine grained cemented carbide with an
excellent combination of both hardness
and toughness. The ne grains contribute
to keeping the cutting edge very sharp
throughout the entire tool life. Suitable for
nishing of aluminum alloys. The combination of hardness and toughness also makes
it suitable for machining titanium.
D 183
Milling
Coated Cemented Carbide HC

(GC1025, GC1610, GC1620, GC1630, GC1640, GC2030, GC2040, GC3020, GC3040, GC4020,
GC4030, GC4040, K20D, K20W, P10A, P20A)
TiN
TiN
TiAIN
Ti (C,N)
GC1025 - (P10, M15, N15, S15, H15)

excellent combination of both hardness and
toughness. The ne grains contribute to
keeping the cutting edge very sharp
throughout the entire tool life. The carbide
is PVD coated with 3 microns of TiCN for
improved wear resistance. First choice
grade for smearing steel, stainless steel and
heat resistant super alloys at medium
speed where the grades resistance to built
up edge is a true benet.
Al2O3
Ti (C,N)
GC1630
toughness. The carbide is PVD coated with
3 microns of nano multilayers of TiAlN
coating giving very good edge line security.
For roughing to semi-nishing operations
demanding edge line toughness (bad
clamping, weak components). This grade
also works well in machining of very soft
and smearing steels. Works well under wet
conditions.
GC2040 (P40, M30, S30)

Very tough MT-CVD coated cemented
carbide. The thin coating is made of a
MT-CVD layer of TiCN adding abrasive
wear resistance, followed by a layer of
Al2O3 improving high temperature
protection. The total thickness is about 4
microns. The grade is designed as a rst
choice for abrasive stainless steels such
as cast components and ferritic martensitic material. Also suitable for production
with mixed materials.
TiAIN
Ti (C,N)
Al2O3
Ti (C,N)
GC1610
The grade features high hardness and very
good wear-resistance. The substrate is a
hard ne grained cemented carbide PVD
coated with 3 microns of smooth TiAlN
coating for improved wear resistance and
high temperature resistance. Targeted for
nishing and semi-nishing applications in
dry conditions.
GC1640
Fine grained cemented carbide with a
relatively high amount of cobalt binder
ensuring an excellent toughness. The
carbide is PVD coated with 3 microns of
smooth TiCN coating. For roughing
operations where toughness is important
and instability demands a tough grade.
GC3020 (K20, H15)

A hard and very wear resistant cemented
carbide with a MT-CVD coating. The thick
coating is made of a MT-CVD layer of TiCN
giving excellent abrasive wear resistance,
followed by a layer of Al2O3 giving very
good high temperature protection. The total
thickness is about 9 microns. Optimized for
dry machining of grey cast iron at medium
to high speed.
TiAIN
TiN
TiAlN
GC1620
3 microns of smooth TiAlN coating for
improved wear resistance and high
temperature resistance. For semi-nishing
to nishing operations demanding wear
resistance, especially in dry machining.
Also suitable for wet machining of stainless
steel.
D 184
GC2030 (P25, M25, S25)

Cemented carbide with a good combination of both hardness and toughness
making it very versatile. The carbide is PVD
coated with 4 microns of TiAlN coating for
improved wear resistance and high temperature. First choice grade for austenitic
stainless steel and in positive geometries
also suitable for heat resistant super alloys.
The good balance of hardness and toughness also makes it suitable for plunge milling and applications with difcult conditions
in hardened materials
Al2O3
Ti (C,N)
GC3040 (P20 , K30, H25)
A cemented carbide with a good balance
between hardness and toughness. A MTCVD layer of TiCN giving excellent abrasive
wear resistance, followed by a layer of Al2O3
giving very good high temperature
protection. The total thickness is about 9
microns. The grade is rst choice in
toughness demanding applications in cast
iron milling such as high tensile nodular
cast iron and wet machining. Also suitable
for rough milling of steel and hardened
material at medium to high speed.
Milling
TiN
Al2O3
Ti (C,N)
GC4020 (P15 , K25, H25)

A fairly hard cemented carbide with MTCVD layer of TiCN adding abrasive wear
resistance and a layer of Al2O3 improving
high temperature protection. The total
coating thickness is about 5 microns. The
grade is suitable for medium to rough
milling at elevated temperatures created by
high speed or hard material.
Al2O3
TiAIN
Ti (C,N)
K20D (K20)
The substrate has a good balance between
hardness and toughness. The thick coating
is made of a MT-CVD layer of TiCN giving
excellent abrasive wear resistance, followed
by a layer of Al2O3 giving very good high
temperature protection. The total thickness
is about 14 microns. The coating is very
smooth and is treated to give maximum
edge security. Very good in roughing of cast
iron in dry conditions.
P20A (P15, M15, K15, H15)

3 microns of smooth TiAlN coating for
improved wear resistance and high
temperature resistance. First choice for
non-hardened materials in copy milling
applications, semi-nishing and for
machines with limited rpm.
TiN
TiN
Al2O3
Al2O3
GC4030 (P25, M15, K30)

A cemented carbide with a good balance
between hardness and toughness. A MTCVD layer of TiCN giving excellent abrasive
wear resistance, followed by a layer of
Al2O3 giving very good high temperature
protection. The total coating thickness is
about 5 microns. The grade is rst choice
for nishing to roughing of steel up to a
hardness of 300HB. Work well both in wet
and dry conditions.
Ti (C,N)
Ti (C,N)
K20W (K25)
A fairly hard cemented carbide with MTCVD layer of TiCN adding abrasive wear
resistance and a layer of Al2O3 improving
high temperature protection. The total
coating thickness is about 6 microns.
Designed for medium to rough milling of
grey cast iron in wet conditions.
F
TiN
Al2O3
TiAIN
Ti (C,N)
GC4040 (P40, M40, K35)

Very tough MT-CVD coated cemented
carbide. The thin coating is made of a MTCVD layer of TiCN adding abrasive wear
resistance, followed by a thin layer of Al2O3
improving high temperature protection. The
total thickness is about 6 microns. The
grade is designed for medium to rough
milling of stainless steel and steel castings.
Very suitable for small batch production
with mixed materials.
P10A (P10, M10, K10, H10)

The grade features very high hardness and
very good wear-resistance. The substrate is
a hard ne grained cemented carbide PVD
coated with 3 microns of smooth TiAlN
coating for improved wear resistance and
high temperature resistance. The ne grains
make the grade very suitable for high
precision ground edges for prole milling
nishing.
D 185
Milling
Nitride based
ceramic CN
Polycrystalline
diamond DP
Cubic Boron
Nitride BN
(CC6090)
(CD03, CD10, CD30)
(CB50)
CC6090 (K10,H10)
Silicon nitride ceramic for light roughing of
grey cast iron at very high cutting speed.
Also suitable for roughing of nodular cast
iron with perlitic structure and hardened
cast iron at medium to high speed. For dry
machining.
CD03
Fine grained polycrystalline diamond grade.
Recommended for milling of aluminum
when sharp edges are needed.
CD10
Grade with a tip of medium grained
polycrystalline diamond. For machining of
non-ferrous materials and non-metallic
material. The material properties of
diamond gives very long tool life, clean cuts
and a good surface nish in these materials. First choice grade for CoroMill Century
inserts.
CD30
Coarse-grained polycrystalline diamond
grade. Recommended for extremely
abrasive materials.
D 186
CB50 (H05, K05)

A grade with a very tough cubic boron
nitride tip with a combination of very high
edge line security and a good wear
resistance. CB50 is very suitable for milling
of hardened steel under stable conditions.
Also suitable for nishing and light roughing
in grey cast iron at high speed.

D - Milling

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

D - Milling

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Milling

The Milling process ............................................... D5

CoroMill 200 ....................................................... D70

Basic milling denitions ......................................... D6

Inserts and grades .............................................. D72

Application of milling cutters .................................. D9

Ramping and helical interpolation ......................... D74

Milling direction ..................................................... D9

Tailor Made ......................................................... D75

Cutter diameter position ...................................... D10

CoroMill 300 ....................................................... D76

Entry and exit considerations ............................... D11

Inserts and grades .............................................. D79

Entering angle ..................................................... D12

Ramping and helical interpolation ......................... D80

Methods for machining a cavity ............................ D14

CoroMill 216 ....................................................... D81

Milling method recommendations ......................... D15

CoroMill ball nose cutter ...................................... D82

Application hints for milling ................................. D17

Machining recommendations ................................ D84

Achieving good surface nish in milling ................. D18

CoroMill 216F ..................................................... D85

Countering vibrations in milling ............................. D19

CoroMill ball nose nsihing endmill ....................... D86

When results are affected by vibration .................. D21

Machining recommendations ................................ D88

Selecting cutting data ......................................... D22

CoroMill 210 ....................................................... D89

Terminology and units for milling ........................... D23

CoroMills high feed facemill and plunging cutter .... D90

General milling formulas ...................................... D23

Tailor Made ......................................................... D92

Formulas for specic milling cutters ...................... D24

High feed milling ................................................. D93

Calculation of power consumption ........................ D25

Plunge milling ..................................................... D94

Constant K for power calculations ........................ D26

CoroMill Century ................................................. D96

Cuttting data calculations for milling ..................... D27

Insert geometries and grades .............................. D98

Circular interpolation ........................................... D31

Cutter setting ...................................................... D99

Mounting dimensions for cutters .......................... D33

Tailor Made ....................................................... D100

Insert mounting with Torx Plus .............................. D34

CoroMill 790 ..................................................... D101

Tool wear ............................................................ D35

Interpolation and ramping .................................. D104

If problems should occur ..................................... D36

Tailor Made ....................................................... D105

Selection and application process ........................ D38

CoroMill 331 ..................................................... D106

Operations tool recommendations ..................... D40

Applications ...................................................... D108

Tool guide and selection ...................................... D42

Insert and grades .............................................. D110

CoroMill 245 ....................................................... D46

CoroMill 331 with cassettes .............................. D114

Insert geometries and grades .............................. D48

Gang milling staggered ...................................... D115

Tailor Made ......................................................... D51

Mounting and setting instructions ....................... D117

CoroMill 290 ....................................................... D52